[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020088680A1 - Information transmission method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Information transmission method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020088680A1
WO2020088680A1 PCT/CN2019/115161 CN2019115161W WO2020088680A1 WO 2020088680 A1 WO2020088680 A1 WO 2020088680A1 CN 2019115161 W CN2019115161 W CN 2019115161W WO 2020088680 A1 WO2020088680 A1 WO 2020088680A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
indication information
dci
inactivity timer
value
timing
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2019/115161
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
薛丽霞
陈铮
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201910028472.0A external-priority patent/CN111148193B/en
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to EP19878854.9A priority Critical patent/EP3869874B1/en
Publication of WO2020088680A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020088680A1/en
Priority to US17/245,518 priority patent/US11991708B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to an information transmission method and a communication device.
  • DRX discontinuous reception
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • the terminal device After the terminal device wakes up from the sleep state, the terminal device will continue to perform blind detection on the PDCCH for a period of time. This process still has a large power consumption. Therefore, if the performance of the PDCCH detection can be guaranteed, reduce this Part of the power consumption overhead can reduce the power of the terminal equipment and improve the endurance.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce power consumption of a terminal device.
  • an information transmission method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device, and determines the operation of the inactivity timer in DRX according to the indication of the first DCI
  • the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.
  • the second indication information carried in the first DCI can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.
  • the terminal device can specify the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer. Instead of restarting the inactivity timer as long as the DCI used to instruct data transmission is received in the prior art and restarting the timing from the beginning, this can decouple the DCI instructing data transmission in the prior art to correspond to the inactivity timer to start timing or restart The implied instruction function of setting the timer and restarting the timer.
  • the different operation modes of inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling. For example, the network device can instruct to keep the current timer value and continue the timer operation when the amount of data that needs to be transmitted decreases.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, saving About the power of the terminal equipment, improve the endurance of the terminal equipment.
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer includes any of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing.
  • the network device can indicate the corresponding inactivity timer operation mode to the terminal device according to the amount of data to be transmitted, thereby improving the flexibility of the inactivity timer operation , To further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device, and to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as much as possible on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data.
  • the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data.
  • the NDI field in the first DCI carries first indication information
  • the fields in the first DCI other than the NDI field carry second indication information
  • the DCI in the prior art indicating data transmission must correspond to the implicit restart of the inactivity timer when restarting the timing.
  • indication function for example, it can decouple the NDI in the prior art to indicate the newly transmitted data, the implicit indication function of inactivity timer must be started, in other words, the explicit indication of the operation mode of inactivity timer can be overwritten by the second indication information NDI implicitly indicates whether to activate or not to activate the inactivity timer function.
  • the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or, when the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer.
  • the corresponding second indication information can explicitly indicate the inactivity timer as the specific operation mode described above, compared to the existing implicit indication of inactivity through NDI
  • the timer starts timing or resets the timing method, which can increase the flexibility of the timing operation instructions of the inactivity timer, in order to balance the scheduling flexibility and the power consumption between the terminal devices, and ensure the timely and effective transmission of data.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, the power of the terminal device can be saved, and the endurance of the terminal device can be improved.
  • the second indication information indicates whether the value of a field in the first DCI is the same as the value of the field in the previous DCI of the first DCI; where, if the values are the same, The second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop or continue to count, and if the value is different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timer; or, if the value is the same, the first The second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start the timer or reset the timer, and, if the value is different, the second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop the timer or continue the timer.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be indicated according to whether the field used to carry the second indication information is flipped, and flipping here refers to the value of this field and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Whether the value of this field changes compared to, for example, whether it changes from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0.
  • flipping here refers to the value of this field and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Whether the value of this field changes compared to, for example, whether it changes from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0.
  • a new field is added on the basis of the existing DCI format, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer is indicated by whether the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI.
  • the number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value as the field in the first DCI is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, which is It is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the terminal device may control the inactivity timer to perform the timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.
  • the terminal device can adjust the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the instructions of the network device to achieve the same perception as the network device.
  • the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1.
  • the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI; when the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC of the first DCI The bits are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or SP-CSI-RNTI.
  • the DCI in the above format is used to indicate uplink or downlink data scheduling, it is suitable for simultaneously indicating, through the second information, whether the uplink or downlink data scheduling is enabled or restarted inactivity timer.
  • the reason why the second indication information is sent using only the DCI format corresponding to the scrambled RNTI is because these corresponding RNTIs are controlled by the DRX PDCCH detection regulations, while the DCI formats scrambled by other RNTIs are not affected.
  • DRX PDCCH detection regulations are limited, there is no need to introduce additional field overhead, so the overhead can be reduced.
  • the scrambling methods listed above the DCI overhead can be reduced as much as possible.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the DRX active time.
  • the DRX active time refers to the process in which the terminal device is in the active state, that is, the duration corresponding to the active state, and the terminal device can detect the first DCI without causing the terminal device not to detect the PDCCH. Missed inspection.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the HARQ round-trip time timer.
  • the terminal device can more quickly detect the scheduling of the rush transmission and reduce the retransmission delay.
  • the first DCI also carries third indication information, which is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the total indication value indicated by the third indication information is that the network device is configured as a terminal device One of multiple total timing values configured.
  • the network device can configure multiple total timing values for the inactivity timer in the terminal device.
  • the total timing value of the inactivity timer is the inactivity timer value, and the terminal device enters the off state when the inactivity timer reaches the total timing value.
  • the total timing value of different inactivity timers is equivalent to configuring different times to reach the off state.
  • the network device can adaptively select different total timing values according to the amount of data currently required to be transmitted, and then pass
  • the third instruction information is allocated to the inactivity timer in the terminal device, which can further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, reduce the terminal device as much as possible. Power consumption.
  • the total value of the timing indicated by the third indication information is less than or equal to the timed value of the inactivity timer as an incorrect indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood as The error logic instruction may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the aforementioned error logic instruction appears, it can be understood that the inactivity timer's timing is over, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Indication, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.
  • the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is smaller than the current total timing value of the inactivity timer, that is, the total reconfiguration timing value of the network device is smaller than the current total timing value of the inactivity timer.
  • the time to reach the off state can be shortened as much as possible, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, and the power of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible Consume.
  • the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the third indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.
  • the first DCI also carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.
  • the network device can configure multiple timed values for the inactivity timer in the terminal device.
  • the timed value of the inactivity timer is equivalent to configuring a different time to reach the off state, so that the network device can transmit according to the current need.
  • the amount of data is used to adaptively select different total timing values, and then configure the inactivity timer in the terminal device through the fourth indication information, which can further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device. Under the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible.
  • the timed value includes the number of time units or the timed proportion value, and the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer.
  • the timed value can be expressed in different ways, which can increase the flexibility of the scheme.
  • the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information when the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the timing of the inactivity timer is over.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer as an erroneous indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of error logic, it may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the indication of the aforementioned error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of the inactivity timer is full, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than the current timed value of inactivity timer, that is, the network device reconfigured the timed value for the inactivity timer in the terminal device is greater than the current time of inactivity timer Of the timed value.
  • the time to reach the off state can be shortened as much as possible, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as early as possible, and the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible.
  • the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.
  • the first DCI may simultaneously carry the foregoing first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.
  • the third indication information and the fourth indication information can be used to shorten the time to reach the off state in a double degree, so that the off state can be entered faster, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as soon as possible.
  • the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space
  • the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries at least one of second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.
  • the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information are indication information used to characterize that the first DCI in this application is different from the existing DCI, which is equivalent to the existing DCI
  • some information related to the timing of the inactivity timer can be explicitly indicated by the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information, and some new indication functions are added relative to the existing DCI, so in the interpretation In the first DCI, it needs to be interpreted according to a new interpretation method.
  • the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the new interpretation method in the embodiments of the present application is required.
  • the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the first DCI is an operation mode that can indicate the inactivity timer, can indicate the total value of the inactivity timer, and can time DCI of at least one of the timed values of inactivity timer, and then, the terminal device may Set messages between network devices and achieve a unified perception, to ensure accurate information exchange between the terminal and the network.
  • the first DCI if the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information; if the first DCI is transmitted in the CSS , The first DCI does not carry second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information.
  • the terminal device can be directly indicated whether the DCI has the above-mentioned new indication function according to the type of the search space, which can save the signaling overhead of the DCI transmitted in the CSS-type search space without requiring the aforementioned new function .
  • an information transmission method may be performed by a network device.
  • the network device determines a first DCI and sends the first DCI to a terminal device.
  • the first DCI carries the first Indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer in DRX.
  • the second indication information carried in the first DCI can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.
  • the terminal device can specify the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer. Instead of restarting the inactivity timer as long as the DCI used to indicate data scheduling is received in the prior art and restarting the timing from the beginning, this can decouple the DCI indicating data transmission in the prior art must correspond to the inactivity timer start timing or restart The implied instruction function of setting the timer and restarting the timer.
  • the different operation modes of inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling. For example, the network device can instruct to keep the current timer value and continue the timer operation when the amount of data that needs to be transmitted decreases.
  • the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, Capacity of about terminal equipment, improve equipment endurance terminal equipment.
  • the network device may first send DRX configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device completes the DRX configuration according to the DRX configuration information and starts the DRX mode.
  • the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data.
  • the NDI field in the first DCI carries first indication information
  • the fields in the first DCI other than the NDI field carry second indication information
  • the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or, when the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer.
  • the second indication information indicates whether the value of a field in the first DCI is the same as the value of the field in the previous DCI of the first DCI; where, if the values are the same, The second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop or continue to count, and if the value is different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timer; or, if the value is the same, the first The second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the nactivity timer is to start the timer or reset the timer, and, if the value is different, the second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop the timer or continue the timer.
  • the number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value as the field in the first DCI is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, which is a predetermined threshold It is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start, stop, reset timing, and continue timing.
  • the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1.
  • the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI; when the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC of the first DCI The bits are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or SP-CSI-RNTI.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the DRX active time.
  • the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the HARQ round-trip time timer.
  • the first DCI also carries third indication information, which is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the total indication value indicated by the third indication information is that the network device is configured as a terminal device One of multiple total timing values configured.
  • the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is smaller than the current total timing value of inactivity timer, that is, the total reconfiguration timing value of the network device is smaller than the current total timing value of inactivity timer.
  • the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the third indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.
  • the first DCI also carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.
  • the timed value includes the number of time units or the timed proportion value, and the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer.
  • the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information when the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the timing of the inactivity timer is over.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than the current timed value of inactivity timer, that is, the network device reconfigured the timed value for the inactivity timer in the terminal device is greater than the current time of inactivity timer Of the timed value.
  • the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.
  • the first DCI may simultaneously carry the foregoing first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.
  • the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space
  • the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries at least one of second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.
  • the first DCI if the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information; if the first DCI is transmitted in the CSS , The first DCI does not carry second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information.
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a device in a terminal device.
  • the device may include a processing module and a receiving module. These modules may perform any of the design examples of the first aspect. The corresponding function performed by the terminal device in.
  • a communication device may be a network device or a device in a network device.
  • the device may include a processing module and a sending module. These modules may perform any of the design examples of the second aspect. The corresponding function performed by the network device in.
  • a communication apparatus may be a terminal device, and the communication apparatus includes a processor for implementing the method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication apparatus may further include a transceiver for communicating with the other apparatus, for example, the other apparatus is, for example, a network apparatus.
  • a communication apparatus may be a network device, and the communication apparatus includes a processor for implementing the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the communication device may further include a transceiver, which is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices.
  • the other device is, for example, a terminal device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in the second aspect.
  • a chip system in a ninth aspect, includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method described in the first aspect.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a chip system includes a processor and may further include a memory for implementing the method described in the second aspect.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a communication system including the communication device according to the third aspect and the communication device according to the fourth aspect.
  • a communication system including the communication device according to the fifth aspect and the communication device according to the sixth aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect above.
  • a fourteenth aspect there is provided a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the second indication information carried in the first DCI explicitly indicates the operation mode of the inactivity timer, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible To save the power of the terminal equipment and improve the endurance of the terminal equipment.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the C-DRX mechanism
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 4a is a schematic diagram of timing of a downlink HARQ round-trip time timer HARQ-RTT-TimerDL and a downlink retransmission timer RetransmissionTimerDL in an embodiment of this application;
  • 6A is a schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 6B is another schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 7A is a schematic diagram of adjusting the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 7B is another schematic diagram of adjusting the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value and the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural block diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is another structural block diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide voice and / or data connectivity to users, for example, may include handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and / or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote Remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device), etc.
  • it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal devices, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in or on-board mobile devices, smart wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart phones) Glasses, smart helmet), etc.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, and global positioning systems (global positioning system) positioning sensing system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, and global positioning systems (global positioning system) positioning sensing system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning systems
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal in self-driving (remote), remote Wireless terminals in surgery (medical surgery), wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), smart homes (smart home) Wireless terminals in
  • Network equipment for example, including access network (AN) equipment and core network equipment.
  • the access network device is, for example, a base station (for example, an access point), and may refer to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface in the access network.
  • the network equipment can be used to convert received air frames and internet protocol (IP) packets to each other as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network .
  • IP internet protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the core network equipment is, for example, a mobility management entity (MME); in the NR system, the core network equipment is, for example, an access and mobility management function entity (access and mobility management function, AMF) ).
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or include a CU node and a DU node.
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • DRX Under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep time.
  • DRX There are two types of DRX: idle DRX (IDLE-mode DRX) and connected DRX (Connected-mode DRX, C-DRX). Among them, IDLE DRX is also called DRX in idle state, and C-DRX is also called in connected state. DRX.
  • IDLE-mode DRX that is, the discontinuous reception of the terminal device in the idle state, because the terminal device is idle, there is no radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) connection and terminal device proprietary resources, so in IDLE -Mode DRX terminal equipment mainly monitors paging messages, as long as the paging message cycle is defined, you can achieve the purpose of discontinuous reception.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • C-DRX that is, DRX where the terminal device is in the RRC connected state
  • the terminal device periodically blindly detects the PDCCH, and if the PDCCH cannot be detected within a certain period of time, the terminal device will go to sleep , Stop the PDCCH detection in the sleep state, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal device to detect the PDCCH, and achieve the purpose of saving power.
  • the state when the terminal device detects the PDCCH may be referred to as awake state or on duration or active mode or wake mode, and the sleep state may be referred to as off mode or sleep mode.
  • the terminal device may detect the PDCCH in the wake state. Stop detecting PDCCH in sleep state.
  • Downlink control channel for example, physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), or enhanced physical downlink control channel (enhanced physical downlink control channel, EPDCCH), narrowband physical downlink control channel (narrowband physical downlink control channel) , NPDCCH), or may be other downlink control channels.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • EPDCCH enhanced physical downlink control channel
  • NPDCCH narrowband physical downlink control channel
  • NPDCCH narrowband physical downlink control channel
  • Time unit is a unit of time. For example, it includes a slot or a subframe or a mini-slot or an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbol or one millisecond (ms) or fractional millisecond ( For example, the time unit of 1 / 32ms) may include multiple time slots or multiple subframes or multiple mini-slots or multiple OFDM symbols or several milliseconds (ms) or several fractional milliseconds.
  • OFDM orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • “Multiple” refers to two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, “multiple” may also be understood as “at least two". "At least one” can be understood as one or more, such as one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included, for example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included may be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. “At least two” can be understood as two or more. In the same way, the understanding of the description of "at least one" is similar.
  • the DRX mechanism can be used to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device to achieve the purpose of saving power and extending the endurance of the device.
  • the terminal device will continuously detect the PDCCH for a period of time after waking up. The continuous detection process still has large power consumption.
  • the following describes the prior art in conjunction with the schematic diagram of the C-DRX mechanism shown in FIG. 1.
  • DRX has a DRX cycle, and includes two states of awake state and sleep state in a DRX cycle, each state is configured with a corresponding duration.
  • the wake state is indicated by active
  • the sleep state is Expressed as off
  • the total duration of active includes the duration of onduration and the duration of inactivity timer.
  • the terminal device In the active state, the terminal device will continue to detect the PDCCH. If the PDCCH has not been detected at the end of the duration configured on the duration, it will enter the off state. In the off state, the terminal device will stop the detection of the PDCCH to reduce power consumption. If the PDCCH is detected within the duration configured on the duration, it indicates that there is data to be transmitted.
  • the inactivity timer in order to ensure the timely transmission of data, the inactivity timer will be started for timing.
  • the terminal device continues to maintain the active state, which can avoid entering the off state prematurely and affecting the timely transmission of data.
  • This is equivalent to extending the duration of the active state through the timing of the inactivity timer. It can ensure the completeness and timely transmission of data when there is data to be transmitted. It is conceivable that if it is determined that data transmission is required at the end of onduration, if there is no inactivity timer mechanism to extend the active state, the remaining active state will continue.
  • the time may not be enough to complete the transmission of the data that needs to be transmitted and enters the off-state power-saving mode, so you need to wait until the next DRX cycle to continue to transmit the data. Obviously this will affect the timeliness of the data transmission, resulting in Delay.
  • inactivity timer can also be expressed as drx-inactivity timer, for example, it can be called inactivity timer or inactivity timer or inactivity timer or other names.
  • Inactivity timer means that after the terminal device detects the PDCCH indicating data transmission, it also The duration of the PDCCH detection needs to be continued.
  • the duration can be expressed in time units, for example, ms or PDCCH subframes or other time units. For example, when the duration is 80 ms, then when the inactivity timer reaches 80 ms, it indicates that the timing is over.
  • the corresponding timer is also configured during on duration, that is, on duration, on duration can be expressed as drx-on duration, for example, it can be called on duration timer or duration timer or other names, on duration Timer indicates the duration of the terminal device in the wake-up state after entering the DRX cycle.
  • the duration can also be expressed in ms or PDCCH subframes or other time units. In a possible implementation, it is configured for on-duration timer and inactivity timer.
  • the time units representing the duration of the timer can be the same, for example, all use ms time units.
  • the duration of the active state can be extended.
  • the duration of the active state in the first DRX cycle is equal to the duration of the onduration, which means that the PDCCH was not detected during the onduration in the first DRX cycle, and the active state in the second DRX cycle
  • the duration is longer than the duration of the active state in the first DRX cycle.
  • the duration of the onduration can be called the duration of the onduration
  • the duration of the active state can be called the duration of the active.
  • the on duration in the first DRX cycle is initially configured, which can be expressed by the timing of the on timer, for example, the on duration is 10ms.
  • the on duration timer expires, for example
  • the PDCCH indicating data transmission is detected at the 8th ms of the timing, which indicates that the data needs to be transmitted.
  • the inactivity timer is started at this time. It is assumed that the inactivity timer is 80ms, so the 8ms from onduration It will continue to continue to detect PDCCH within 80ms. If it does not detect PDCCH within 80ms, it will enter the off state.
  • the inactivity timer will be restarted to perform a new round of inactivity timer timing, continuing the foregoing example, after each PDCCH is detected.
  • the inactivity timer starts from 0. If the inactivity timer has not been counted before, start the inactivity timer to start timing from 0. If the inactivity timer has been timed before, restart the inactivity timer and then start timing from 0.
  • the restart refers to clearing the value that has been timed before. Every time a PDCCH is detected, it starts counting from 0, and it can only enter the off state after the restarted inactivity timer expires.
  • the inactivity timer value of inactivity timer is semi-statically configured through radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) signaling) , but according to the existing configuration, once inactivity is started The timer must wait until its timer expires before it can enter the off state. If the configured value is too large, it will prolong the duration of the active state too much, and the power consumption is too large. If the configured value is too small, it may be It is difficult to satisfy the effective and timely transmission of data, which affects the flexibility of data scheduling, so the inactivity timer mechanism in the prior art is difficult to balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption of terminal devices.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the inactivity timer value for the case where the inactivity timer value is configured too large, it can currently be terminated by a media access control unit (medium access control control element (MAC)) while the inactivity timer is still timing, but the network device (such as a base station) decides to send There may be a dozen solt delays between MAC and CE receiving and taking effect from the terminal equipment (for some cases, for example, 10 ms).
  • MAC media access control control element
  • the base station due to the lack of perception and prediction of the service data of the network equipment, in order to When the service data arrives, it can be processed in time. Under normal circumstances, the base station will not use the MAC CE method to terminate the timing of the inactivity timer in advance.
  • the inactivity timer mechanism for semi-statically configured inactivity timer values lacks the balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption of terminal devices, and it is difficult to adapt to the requirements of data transmission. Therefore, the process of PDCCH detection There is a technical problem that the power consumption of the device is large.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method.
  • the network device sends first downlink control information (DCI) for instructing data transmission to the terminal device
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the second indication information indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be carried in the first DCI, and through the explicit indication of the operation mode of the inactivity timer by the second indication information, after the terminal device receives the first DCI , That is, the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be clarified, such as starting the timer or stopping the timer or resetting the timer or keeping the current timer value to continue the timer or other operation methods, instead of simply receiving DCI for indicating data scheduling as in the prior art It will restart the inactivity timer and start timing again from the beginning.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the DCI in the prior art that indicates data transmission must be decoupled to restart the inactivity timer correspondingly.
  • the implicit indication function when restarting the timing for example can In the prior art, when a new data indicator (new data indicator (NDI)) is used to indicate new data, the inactivity indicator function must be started or reset to indicate the inactivity timer.
  • NDI new data indicator
  • the embodiment of the present application can use the second
  • the explicit indication of the instruction information on the operation mode of the inactivity timer can override the NDI implicit indication to start or not start the function of the inactivity timer, and the different operation modes of the inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling.
  • network devices can It also needs to indicate the operation mode to keep the current timing value and continue timing when the amount of data transmitted decreases, or to indicate the operation mode to stop timing when there is no data amount to continue to transmit, etc., so as to maximize the flexibility of scheduling and terminal equipment Balance the power consumption between them, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G system, or to an LTE system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the application scenario includes a network device and a terminal device.
  • the functions of the network device and the terminal device have been described in the foregoing. Repeat again.
  • the terminal device and the network device are wirelessly connected, and data transmission can be performed between the terminal device and the network device.
  • data sent from the network device to the terminal device is called downlink transmission
  • data sent from the terminal device to the network device is called uplink transmission.
  • the application scenario shown in FIG. 2 may be an application scenario in the NR system, or may be an application scenario in the LTE system, etc.
  • the application scenario shown in FIG. 2 is an application scenario in the NR system, then the network device may be It is gNB in the NR system, and the terminal device in it can be the terminal device in the NR system.
  • the scenario shown in FIG. 2 should not limit the application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • it may include multiple network devices and multiple terminal devices.
  • a terminal device can perform data transmission with only one network device, or can perform data transmission with multiple network devices, or a network device can perform data transmission with a terminal device, or can perform data transmission with multiple terminal devices. That is to say, the numbers of terminal devices and network devices in FIG. 2 are only examples.
  • one network device can provide services for multiple terminal devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method is applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2 as an example. The flow of this method is described as follows.
  • the network device sends DRX configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the DRX configuration information sent by the network device.
  • the network device may send a DRX configuration message to the terminal device.
  • the DRX configuration information may include initial values of various timers configured in the DRX mode for the terminal device, and the timers in the DRX mode may include drx-on duration, drx-inactivity timer, drx-HARQRTT timerDL, drx -At least one of HARQ RTT timerUL, drx-retransmission timerDL, drx-retransmission timerUL, drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer, of course, the DRX configuration message may also include other content, which is not one by one Enumeration.
  • drx-on duration and drx-inactivity timer have been introduced in the foregoing, and will not be repeated here. For other timers, since the embodiments of this application are not mainly involved, they are only briefly introduced here. Among them, drx-long cycle and drx-short cycle timer refer to the life cycle of DRX long cycle and DRX short cycle of DRX mechanism, respectively.
  • drx-HARQRTT timerUL can be called the uplink hybrid automatic retransmission request round-trip time timer. The timing of drx-HARQRTT timerUL indicates the length of time to wait before uplink retransmission scheduling.
  • drx-HARQRTT timerDL can be called a downlink hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip time timer.
  • the timing of drx-HARQRTT timerDL indicates the length of time to wait before downlink retransmission scheduling.
  • the drx-retransmission timer UL may be called an uplink retransmission timer.
  • the timing duration of the drx-retransmission timer UL indicates the length of time the network device detects the downlink control channel before the uplink data retransmission is received.
  • the rx-retransmission timerDL may be called a downlink retransmission timer, and the timing duration of the drx-retransmission timerDL indicates the length of time the terminal device detects the downlink control channel before the downlink data retransmission is received.
  • Fig. 4a which shows the relationship between drx-HARQRTT timerDL and drx-retransmission timerDL, it can be seen that drx-HARQRTT timerDL starts timing after the last symbol of HARQ-ACK is sent from the terminal device, After the timing is over, if the terminal device sends a negative response NACK, drx-retransmission timerDL starts timing.
  • the drx-HARQ RTT timerDL, the drx-retransmission timerDL, the NACK, and the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of the scheduled retransmission in the figure all correspond to the same downlink HARQ process.
  • the terminal device starts the DRX mode according to the received DRX configuration information.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the DRX configuration message sent by the network device, it can start the DRX mode, and then periodically wake up and go to sleep according to the configured DRX cycle to save energy consumption. Specifically, if the terminal device determines that the network device is configured with the DRX long cycle and DRX short cycle for the terminal device through the DRX configuration information sent by the network device, or the network device is configured with the DRX long cycle only for the terminal device, the terminal device can enter In the DRX long cycle; if the terminal device determines that the network device is configured with only the DRX short cycle for the terminal device, the terminal device can enter the DRX short cycle, without limitation.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device enters the long DRX cycle or the short DRX cycle, it enters the sleep state or wake-up state according to the DRX configuration, detects the PDCCH in the wake-up state to ensure the correct transmission of data, and stops the detection of the PDCCH in the sleep state to reduce power consumption and save power.
  • the network device determines the first DCI.
  • the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of DRX. .
  • the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application may be a general term of a type of DCI, and is not limited to a certain DCI.
  • the first type of DCI may carry the first indication information and the second indication information. . That is, all DCIs having the same characteristics as the first DCI can be understood as the first DCI in the embodiments of the present application, and the same characteristics mentioned here can be understood as carrying the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application is used to indicate data transmission.
  • the data transmission here includes uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission, and may also include newly transmitted data or retransmitted data, where the newly transmitted data may also be It is called initial transmission data, that is, the first indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission may be a new transmission or retransmission indicating uplink data, or may be a new transmission or retransmission indicating downlink data.
  • the first indication information is carried through the NDI field in the first DCI.
  • the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate newly transmitted data or retransmitted data, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmitted data or retransmitted data.
  • the "first indication information is used to indicate data transmission” can also be understood as the first indication information used to indicate the transmission resource required to transmit the data, or can also be understood as the first indication
  • the information is used to indicate that data transmission is performed on the scheduled transmission resources, that is, the network device may indicate that data transmission is required through the first indication information in the first DCI, and indicates that the data that needs to be transmitted is transmitted during data transmission Available data transmission resources.
  • the first indication information may indicate that the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate data transmission.
  • the format of the first DCI may be, for example, format 0_0 (format 0_0), format 0_1 (format 0_1), format 1_0 (format 1_0), format 1_1 (format 1_1), or other possible formats of DCI, that is,
  • the format of the first DCI may be any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1.
  • the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits of the first DCI are temporarily identified by the cell radio network (cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI) ) Or configure a scheduled wireless network temporary identifier (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI) scrambling.
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • the CRC bits of the first DCI are identified by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or semi-persistent channel state information wireless network temporary identification (semi-persistent channel state information RNTI, SP-CSI-RNTI) Scrambling.
  • the DCI in the above format is used to indicate the uplink or downlink data scheduling, it is suitable for simultaneously indicating through the second information whether the uplink or downlink data scheduling is turned on or restarted inactivity timer;
  • the second indication information is sent by scrambling the DCI format corresponding to the RNTI, because these corresponding RNTIs are controlled by the DRX PDCCH detection regulations, while the scrambled DCI formats of other RNTIs are not subject to the DRX PDCCH detection regulations. Restrictions, there is no need to introduce additional field overhead. By configuring the scrambling methods listed above, the DCI overhead can be reduced as much as possible.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of DRX, where the inactivity timer of DRX refers to the drx-inactivity timer described above.
  • the following will be directly expressed as inactivity timer DRX's inactivity timer and drx-inactivity timer are introduced.
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer can be understood as the timing operation mode of inactivity timer, or can be understood as the working mode of inactivity timer, or can be understood as the timing mode of inactivity timer, etc., regardless of the way of understanding, the difference of inactivity timer
  • the operation mode can correspond to different timing operations of the timer. For ease of understanding, the operation mode of the inactivity timer will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 4.
  • the total length of the blank rectangular frame represents the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer. It is assumed that the timing starts from the left side of the blank rectangular frame (that is, the position indicated by 0). The timing value at which the timing starts is called the timing start value, and the total length of the black rectangular frame indicates the timed value.
  • the total timing value of inactivity timer is also called inactivity timer value or inactivity timer duration or inactivity timer duration or inactivity timer value.
  • the total inactivity timer value represents the maximum timing value of inactivity timer. The value indicates that the inactivity timer has expired.
  • the timed value of inactivity timer means the value that has been timed. Generally speaking, the timed value of inactivity timer is less than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer.
  • the timing progress bar will dynamically change. For example, it gradually increases from the direction of the timing start value to the direction of the total timing value as shown in FIG. 4.
  • the timing value can be characterized by the change of the timing progress bar.
  • the total value of inactivity timer is 80ms, that is, inactivity timer is full after the timer is over 80, and the current time value of inactivity timer is 38ms, or another example is shown in FIG. 5, inactivity The total timer value is still 80ms, but the current value is 0, indicating that the inactivity timer is not currently timing, or is about to start timing.
  • the inactivity timer may include four operation modes: start, stop, reset timing, and continue timing.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer may include start timing, reset timing, continue timing, and stop. Any of the timings. The following is a detailed description of several operation modes of inactivity timer.
  • the inactivity timer is started to start the timing.
  • the inactivity timer is not in the timing state.
  • the operation method can be started by turning on the timer.
  • the inactivity timer triggers the inactivity timer to perform timing.
  • the inactivity timer can start timing from the timing start value after performing the operation of starting timing at this time. , Starting from 0.
  • the terminal device can be in the prolonged active state Complete data transmission in time to reduce data delay.
  • the inactivity timer For the operation method of stopping timing, it means that the inactivity timer that is timing is stopped. After the timer is stopped, the inactivity timer is no longer timing. For example, as shown in Figure 4, the inactivity timer is currently timing and the current counted value is the 38th ms. If the timing is stopped at this moment, it can be understood as terminating the timing of the inactivity timer. After the timing is terminated, the inactivity timer directly indicates that the timer has been timed When it is full, continue to take Figure 4 as an example. If the operation is stopped when the current timed value is 38ms, after the time is stopped, the timed value of the inactivity timer can be considered to be adjusted directly from 38ms to 80ms, which is already The timer counts up.
  • the inactivity timer When the timer counts up, naturally the inactivity timer will not count again, that is, the timing of the inactivity timer ends, so that the sleep mode can be entered as soon as possible. Or another way of understanding, after stopping the timing, the inactivity timer keeps the current counted value and no longer counts until it receives other instructions.
  • the network device can advance the time when the terminal device enters the off state by indicating the stop operation mode when there is no data to transmit or only a very small amount of data to transmit, so as to reduce device power consumption and save power as much as possible.
  • the operation method of resetting the timing it means to clear the current counted value and restart the timing from the starting value of the timing.
  • the reset timing is reset. To operate, you need to clear the timed value of 38ms first. After the time is cleared, the timed value of inactivity timer is reset to the starting value of time, that is, 0, and then start timing again from 0. Re-timing after resetting is equivalent to prolonging the duration of the active state to a certain extent.
  • the operation mode of continuous timing it means to continue timing based on the current timed value. Continue to take FIG. 4 as an example. If the continuous timing operation is performed when the current timed value is 38ms, then the continuous timing is performed. After the operation, the inactivity timer can continue to time, so the next timed value is 39ms.
  • the network device can reasonably and dynamically control the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the terminal device according to the current actual amount of data to be transmitted, so that the flexibility between data scheduling and the power consumption of the terminal device can be appropriately adjusted The balance to adaptive data transmission characteristics.
  • the network device may estimate an average packet size of a schedulable transmission per time unit for uplink or downlink transmission of the terminal device, for example: Bits, and then consider the amount of data that can be scheduled within the remaining active time of the terminal device is: For the remaining active time, the size of the data that can be scheduled can characterize the ability of the data that can be transmitted in the remaining time.
  • the network device considers comparing the size of the data schedulable in the remaining active time estimated above with the size of the data in the cache, where, for the downlink, the size of the data in the cache is known to the network device, while for the uplink, The amount of data in the cache can be reported to the network device by the terminal device through a medium access control (MAC) control element (control element, CE) of the buffer status report (BSR).
  • MAC medium access control
  • CE control element of the buffer status report
  • the first DCI when the first DCI indicates to schedule new transmission data, can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device to continue timing, or to instruct the terminal device to start A total time value less than the remaining active time.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device through the first DCI re-explicit is to start timing or reset timing.
  • the network device can also predict the amount of new data in the downstream buffer or upstream buffer in a period of time in the future.
  • the remaining active time is compared with (the amount of data in the buffer + the predicted amount of new data arrival) in terms of the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device, or indicating the total value of the timing.
  • the network device can dynamically indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device and other parameters related to the inactivity timer (such as the total time value and the timed value) according to factors such as the current network congestion and load conditions, Therefore, it is possible to balance the scheduling flexibility and the power consumption between the terminal devices as much as possible, and on the premise of ensuring timely and effective data transmission, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible.
  • the four operation modes described in the above examples include the three operation modes of opening timer, resetting timer and continuing timer. After the corresponding operation, the inactivity timer will continue to count until the timer expires, and after the operation to stop the timer , The inactivity timer will end timing, that is, no longer count, from this point of view, the operation mode of inactivity timer can be roughly divided into trigger end timing and trigger timing. It can be understood that the four operation modes exemplified above are only schematic illustrations of the operation modes of the inactivity timer. In the specific implementation process, based on the guidance of the above two types of operation modes of trigger end timing and trigger timing, Other methods of operation can be proposed, which will not be described here one by one.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information may be indicated by different fields in the first DCI, for example, the first indication information is indicated by the NDI field in the first DCI, and the second indication information may be indicated by Other field indications different from NDI.
  • the other fields are, for example, the fields composed of the joint indication of the available bits in any other field or other fields in the existing DCI format, or other fields. It may also be a newly added field based on the existing DCI format, and so on.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the fields carrying the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the other field is an implementation method of a field newly added based on the existing DCI format, for example, 1 bit may be added, and when the value of the newly added 1 bit is 1, for example, it may indicate to start timing or Continuing the timing, when the value of the newly added 1 bit is 0, for example, it may instruct to reset the timing.
  • the terminal device can determine the corresponding timing mode according to the current inactivity timer status, for example, if the current inactivity timer is not Timing (for example, not yet started) can perform the operation of starting the timing, and if the current inactivity timer is timing, the operation of continuing the timing can be performed.
  • a new field is added based on the existing DCI format, for example, 2 bits can be added, and the different values of the added 2 bits can be used to indicate an operation mode, for example, to 00 indicates stop timing, 01 indicates to start timing or reset timing and the duration is the first duration, 10 indicates to start timing or reset timing and the timing duration is the second duration, 11 indicates to continue timing, or other Different values indicate different operation modes, and no other examples are given here.
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer can be jointly indicated by the newly added 1 bit and 1 bit in other existing fields, and the way of joint indication is to use the newly added 1 bit and
  • the four different values of 00, 01, 10, and 11 combined by the existing 1 bit respectively indicate an operation mode.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be indicated according to whether the field used to carry the second indication information is flipped, and the flipped here refers to the value of the field and the first Whether the value of this field in the previous DCI of the DCI has changed compared to, for example, whether it has changed from 0 to 1 or whether it has changed from 1 to 0.
  • a new field is added on the basis of the existing DCI format, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer is indicated by whether the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information may be to continue timing, if both If the value is different, the operation mode of the indicated inactivity timer can be to start the timer or reset the timer.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information may be to start the timer or reset the timer If the values of the two are different, the operation mode of the indicated inactivity timer can be continued timing.
  • an inversion interval may be set, and the inversion interval referred to here refers to the information used to carry the second indication information.
  • the number of intervals between the values of the field and the number of DCIs that have been flipped can also refer to the number of repeated transmissions of the same value of this field in consecutively transmitted read DCIs, for example, for continuous transmission and including the first DCI DCIs, according to the order of transmission time, the values of the fields used to carry the second indication information in the multiple DCIs are 111000111000 in sequence, where each value represents the first DCI used to carry the second indication
  • the value of the information field can be seen that it is flipped every 3 DCI intervals, so it can be considered that the flip interval is 3, or another way of understanding, because it is flipped once every 3 DCIs, it can be considered continuous
  • the number of repeated transmissions is 3, and different expressions can be used in the specific implementation process, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the rollover interval may be set to be greater than or equal to 2, for example, may be set to 2 or 3 or 4 or other values, that is, numbers.
  • the predetermined threshold refers to the set flip interval.
  • the value of the field used to carry the second indication information is 111000111000 in sequence, and a middle 0 is missed due to PDCCH miss detection, which causes the value received by the terminal device to be 11100111000 in sequence, but this situation does not affect the terminal
  • the device judges whether the second information is reversed, so it will not affect the start timing or reset timing of the inactivity timer.
  • the first indication information can be carried through the NDI field in the first DCI, so the first DCI can be used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule new data transmission, that is, the value of the NDI field in the first DCI is different from the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI, the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information at this time
  • the operation mode can be to continue timing or stop timing or start timing.
  • the second indication information at this time indicates
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer can be to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer.
  • the corresponding second indication information can explicitly indicate the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer as described above, compared to the existing Indicative inactivity timer starts timing or resets the timing mode, which can increase the flexibility of the timing operation instruction of inactivity timer, in order to balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption between terminal devices, to ensure timely data
  • the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, the power of the terminal device is saved, and the endurance of the device of the terminal device is improved.
  • the specific bearing method may be that the network device and the terminal device have already agreed in advance.
  • the terminal device receives the first After DCI, it can be interpreted correctly to achieve the same perception as network devices and ensure accurate information analysis.
  • the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate data transmission, and also indicates the operation mode of the inactivity timer, that is, relative to the prior art
  • the DCI in the embodiments of the present application can explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer, instead of restarting the inactivity timer as soon as the DCI receives the DCI used to indicate data scheduling as in the prior art.
  • the scheme of indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the DCI indicating data transmission can decouple the DCI in the prior art that indicates data transmission must correspond to the implicit indication relationship of restarting the inactivity timer, and through the different operation modes of the inactivity timer It can improve the flexibility of scheduling.
  • the network device can indicate the operation mode to keep the current timing value and continue the timing when the amount of data that needs to be cached decreases, or it can indicate the operation mode to stop the timing when the amount of cached data is not continued, etc. Etc., so as to maximize the flexibility of scheduling and terminal equipment Balance between power consumption, while ensuring timely and effective data transmission premise may also be possible to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the first DCI sent by the network device.
  • the network device can send the first DCI through the PDCCH, so for the terminal device, the first DCI can be received by detecting the PDCCH.
  • the terminal device detects the PDCCH, it can actually be understood To detect the DCI transmitted through the PDCCH, for example, the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can maintain the timing of the terminal device's inactivity timer, so it can know the real-time timing status of the terminal device's inactivity timer.
  • the network device can send the terminal device the DRX active time to the terminal device.
  • a DCI where the DRX active time refers to the process in which the terminal device is in the active state, that is, the length of time corresponding to the active state, so that the terminal device can detect the first DCI without the terminal device not detecting the PDCCH. Resulting in missed inspections.
  • the network device can also send the first DCI to the terminal device during the timing of drx-HARQRTT timerDL, in this way, the terminal device can more quickly detect the scheduling of rush transmission, reducing Retransmission delay.
  • the terminal device determines the operation mode of the inactivity timer in DRX according to the instruction of the first DCI.
  • the terminal device may first determine that the received DCI is the DCI used to indicate data transmission according to the first indication information carried in the first DCI, and at the same time The second instruction information determines the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the network device.
  • the terminal device controls the inactivity timer to perform the corresponding timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.
  • the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be adjusted according to the instruction of the network device, specifically, for example, the inactivity timer can be controlled according to the first DCI instruction
  • the operation mode performs the corresponding timing operation.
  • the timing mode of the inactivity timer can meet the expectations of the network device as much as possible, because the network device is dynamically and adaptively based on the actual amount of data cache that needs to be scheduled Instructions, so it can meet the requirements of timely data transmission and device power consumption as much as possible to achieve a dynamic balance between the two, and further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as much as possible on the premise of meeting the timely data transmission requirements.
  • the operation mode of inactivity timer can be roughly divided into two types: trigger end timing and trigger timing.
  • the operation mode of trigger end timing is the operation of triggering the inactivity timer, and the operation of triggering the timing is to trigger the inactivity timer to start or continue.
  • the timing operation after the inactivity timer executes the operation that triggers the timing, it can be in the timing state.
  • the terminal device may enter the off state after the inactivity timer expires, while in the timing of the inactivity timer There is very little data that needs to be transmitted. For the terminal device, there is no need to continuously time the inactivity timer, because there is currently only less data to be transmitted, so there is no need to stay in the active state for a long time.
  • the network device indicates through the first DCI
  • the second indication information indicates the operation mode of inactivity timer
  • the terminal device can The indication of the second indication information in a DCI clarifies the operation mode of the inactivity timer, and at the same time, the timing duration of the inactivity timer (that is, the aforementioned total timing value) can be clarified according to the DRX configuration information mentioned in S31, and then the operation according to the instructions Carry out the corresponding technical operation on the timing and duration of inactivity timer.
  • the timing inactivity timer operation mode has changed, but the timing is still based on the pre-fixed inactivity timer duration, which may not be consistent with the current actual timing requirements.
  • timing network equipment instructions To continue timing but because there is less data to be transmitted, I hope to complete the timing as soon as possible after the data is transmitted, that is, when the timing expires, and continue the timing according to the fixed configuration of the inactivity timer duration, It may be a long time before the aggregation timer is full, so the aforementioned indication method is only a rough adjustment of the timing method of inactivity timer, and the accuracy of adjustment is not high.
  • the timing value of the inactivity timer can also be clarified at the same time Indication, for example, when the current data to be transmitted is small, the time value of the inactivity timer can be re-indicated in order to shorten the time to enter the off state, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible to save power as much as possible.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide two ways to adjust the timing value of the inactivity timer. For ease of understanding, the following describes the two ways separately.
  • the first DCI may further carry third indication information, that is, the first DCI at this time also carries the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  • the instruction information and the second instruction information have been described above.
  • the third instruction information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, that is, the third instruction information indicates the inactivity timer value of the inactivity timer, that is, the third instruction information can be used.
  • An explicit indication that the total timing value of inactivity timer needs to be adjusted, and at the same time indicates the total timing value that needs to be adjusted.
  • the total timing value indicated by the third indication information can be expressed by the number of time units mentioned above.
  • the network device may configure one or more total timing values for the terminal device. If only one total timing value is configured, the inactivity timer may always use the total timing value for timing, that is, in the inactivity timer. The total timing value will not change during use.
  • the network device can indicate the configured total timing value in the manner of implicit indication through the first DCI.
  • the implicit indication method is, for example, an indirect explicit indication.
  • the first DCI only carries the first indication information and the second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines that the first DCI only carries the first indication information and the second indication information , That is, the total timing value of inactivity timer is specified, that is, the total timing value pre-configured by the network device. If multiple total timing values are configured, the network device may explicitly indicate it through the third indication information.
  • the current timed value and total time value of the inactivity timer are 38ms and 80ms, respectively, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI Is to continue timing, the total value of the explicit indication indicated by the third indication information carried by the first DCI is 60ms, then after receiving the first DCI, the terminal device will continue timing based on the current value of 38ms , That is, the next timing is 39ms, and the total value of the inactivity timer will be adjusted from 80ms to 60ms, as shown in Figure 6A.
  • Figure 6A above shows the timing diagram of the inactivity timer before adjustment.
  • the figure below shows the timing diagram of the adjusted inactivity timer according to the instructions of the first DCI. After the adjustment, the total value of the time of inactivity time was reduced from 80ms to 60ms. After adjustment, the length of time to reach the off state was shortened, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, so as to reduce the power consumption of the device.
  • the total value of the inactivity timer can be increased, that is, the total value of the inactivity timer indicated by the third indication information can be less than or greater than the current timing of the inactivity timer
  • the network device can make a decision according to the actual amount of data that needs to be transmitted, so that the flexibility of adjustment can be increased.
  • the terminal device may consider the inactivity timer to be full.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance, Consider this logic error as the timer expires, so as not to affect the normal use of the inactivity timer as much as possible.
  • the terminal device can think that the inactivity timer has expired according to the pre-agreed, and then counted into the off state, which can improve the fault tolerance of the system and improve the reliability of the system.
  • the total value of the timing indicated by the third indication information should be understood to be an incorrect indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of wrong logic, it may cause abnormal operation of inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the aforementioned indication of error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of inactivity timer is over, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.
  • the total timing value indicated by the third indication information may also be the same as the current total timing value of the inactivity timer. In this case, the terminal device may no longer need to count the total timing value of the inactivity timer. Make adjustments.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information may be separately indicated through different fields in the first DCI; or, both the second indication information and the third indication information may be jointly indicated through different fields, and
  • the fields for the joint indication of the second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different, and the joint indication here may be understood as an indication by the value expressed by combining the bits in different fields; or, the first The second indication information and the third indication can also be indicated simultaneously by the value of the same field in the first DCI, in other words, the second indication information and the third indication information can be indicated simultaneously by one value of a field; or, the second The indication information and the third indication information may be separately indicated by different bits in the same field in the first DCI, and so on.
  • the fields used to indicate the second indication information and the third indication information may be multiplexing existing fields in the existing DCI format, or may be newly added fields based on the existing DCI format , The embodiment of the present application does not limit.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways of indicating the second indication information and the third indication information, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, facilitate the flexible use of the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation, and enhance the applicability of the solution.
  • the first DCI may further carry fourth indication information, that is, the first DCI at this time also carries the first indication information, the second indication information, and the fourth indication information.
  • the instruction information and the second instruction information have been introduced above.
  • the fourth instruction information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer, that is, the fourth instruction information can be used to explicitly indicate that the timed value of the inactivity timer needs to be adjusted, and It also indicates the timed value that needs to be adjusted.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information can be represented by the number of time units as mentioned above.
  • the network device may configure multiple timed values for the terminal device, and explicitly indicate that the timed value of the inactivity timer needs to be adjusted through the fourth indication information.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information may be The number of time units as previously introduced, for example, 30ms, or the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information may also be a timed proportional value, which is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer, for example The timed proportional value is 60% or 1/3 or 0.7.
  • the current timed value and total time value of the inactivity timer are 38ms and 80ms, respectively, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI Is to continue timing, the timed value explicitly indicated by the fourth indication information carried by the first DCI is 68ms, then after receiving the first DCI, the terminal device will adjust the current timed value from 38ms to 68ms, and then Continue to count from 68ms, after adjustment, shorten the time to reach the off state, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, so as to reduce the power consumption of the device.
  • the timed value of the inactivity timer can also be reduced, that is to say, the total value of the inactivity timer indicated by the fourth indication information can be greater than or less than the current activity of the inactivity timer.
  • the timing value specifically, the adjustment is larger or smaller, the network device can make a decision according to the actual amount of data that needs to be transmitted currently, thereby increasing the flexibility of adjustment.
  • the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer as an erroneous indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of error logic, it may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the indication of the aforementioned error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of the inactivity timer is full, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.
  • the total timing value indicated by the fourth indication information may also be the same as the current timed value of the inactivity timer. In this case, the terminal device may no longer need to count the timed value of the inactivity timer. Make adjustments.
  • the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be separately indicated by different fields in the first DCI; or, both the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be jointly indicated by different fields, and
  • the fields for the joint indication of the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be the same or may be different.
  • the joint indication here may be understood as an indication by a value expressed by combining bits in different fields; or, the first The second indication information and the fourth indication can also be indicated simultaneously by the value of the same field in the first DCI, in other words, the second indication information and the fourth indication information can be indicated simultaneously by one value of a field; or, the second The indication information and the fourth indication information may be separately indicated by different bits in the same field in the first DCI, and so on.
  • the fields used to indicate the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be multiplexing some existing fields in the existing DCI format, or may be newly added fields based on the existing DCI format .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways of indicating the second indication information and the fourth indication information, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, so as to flexibly use the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation.
  • the first DCI may also carry the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information at the same time, as shown in FIG. 8, before receiving the first DCI .
  • the current timed value and total time value of inactivity timers are 38ms and 80ms respectively, and the operation mode of inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI is to continue timing, and the third indication information carried by the first DCI
  • the total value of the timing of the explicit indication is 60 ms, and the time value of the explicit indication is 49 ms through the fourth indication information carried by the first DCI. Refer to the comparison of the timing of the inactivity timer before and after adjustment in FIG. 8.
  • the four-instruction information shortens the time to reach the off state to a dual extent, so that the off state can be entered more quickly to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as soon as possible.
  • FIG. 8 is only an example of combining indication information of the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information.
  • the network device may transmit as needed The amount of data is dynamically indicated differently, and will not be described here.
  • the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application may be transmitted in an associated search space.
  • the first DCI may be any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1.
  • These different formats DCIs are associated by corresponding search spaces, so DCIs of corresponding formats can be searched in these associated search spaces.
  • at least one piece of information carrying the foregoing second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information may be configured by a configuration message configuring the associated search space. Since the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information are indication information used to characterize that the first DCI in this application is different from the existing DCI, which is equivalent to the existing DCI.
  • the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information can be used to explicitly indicate some information related to the timing of the inactivity timer, and some new indication functions are added relative to the existing DCI, so in the interpretation In the first DCI, it needs to be interpreted according to a new interpretation method.
  • the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the new interpretation method in the embodiments of the present application is required.
  • the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the first DCI is an operation mode (indicated by the second indication information) that can indicate inactivity timer, and can indicate The total time value of inactivity timer (indicated by the third instruction information), the timed value of inactivity timer that can be timed ( With the fourth indication information indicating at least one of the DCIs, in addition, the terminal device may realize unity of perception with the network device according to the RRC configuration message to ensure accurate information interaction between the terminal and the network.
  • the terminal device may also be directly indicated whether the DCI has the aforementioned new indication function according to the type of search space. Specifically, if the search space associated with a DCI is a dedicated search space for user equipment (UE-specific search space (USS), that is, if the DCI is transmitted in the USS, it indicates that the DCI has the aforementioned new indication function, that is, the DCI at this time carries the second indication information, the third indication information, and the third At least one of the four instructions.
  • UE-specific search space USS
  • the search space associated with a DCI is a common search space (CSS), that is, if the DCI is transmitted in the CSS, it indicates that the DCI does not have the aforementioned new indication function, then it may be the existing The DCI in the technology, that is, the DCI at this time does not carry any of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information.
  • the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application is the DCI having the aforementioned new function, based on the technical solution, the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, but not in the CSS.
  • the manner of indicating whether the transmitted DCI has the aforementioned new function by the type of search space can save the signaling overhead of the DCI transmitted in the CSS-type search space that does not require the aforementioned new function.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 900.
  • the communication device 900 may be a terminal device, which can implement the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; communication
  • the device 900 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • the communication device 900 may be implemented by a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. As shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 900 may include a processing module 901, a receiving module 902, and a sending module 903, where the sending module 903 may not be a necessary module, so it is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 9 that the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903
  • the communication device 900 is used for communication with other modules, and it may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.
  • the processing module 901 may be used to execute S32, S35, and S36 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the receiving module 902 may be used to perform S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903 may be controlled by the processing module 901 to perform corresponding communication functions.
  • the receiving module 902 may receive a first DCI sent by a network device, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate inactivity of DRX The operation mode of the timer.
  • the processing module 901 may determine the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the instruction of the first DCI. In a possible implementation manner, the processor 901 may also control the inactivity timer to perform the corresponding timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 902 and sending module 903 can be set separately, that is, at this time are two independent function modules, in a possible implementation manner, it can also be set as one function module, for example A transceiver module, which has both the ability of the receiving module 902 to receive information and the ability of the sending module 903 to send information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1000.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a network device, which can implement the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; communication
  • the device 1000 may also be a device that can support a network device to implement the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • the communication device 1000 may be realized by a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. As shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a processing module 1001, a sending module 1002, and a receiving module 1003, where the receiving module 1003 may not be a necessary module, so in FIG. 10, it is indicated by a dotted line, the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 It is used for the communication device 1000 to communicate with other modules, which may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.
  • modules which may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.
  • the processing module 1001 may be used to execute S33 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the sending module 1002 may be used to perform S31 and S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein.
  • the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 may be controlled by the processing module 1001 to perform corresponding communication functions.
  • the processing module 1001 may determine a first DCI that carries first indication information and second indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.
  • the sending module 1002 may send the first DCI to the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned sending module 1002 and receiving module 1003 can be set separately, that is, at this time are two independent function modules. In a possible implementation manner, they can also be set as one function module, for example, A transceiver module, which has both the ability of the receiving module 1003 to receive information and the ability of the sending module 1002 to send information.
  • the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another way of dividing.
  • the functional modules in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated in one process. In the device, it can also exist alone physically, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module.
  • the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1100 may be a terminal device and can Realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication device 1100 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may be a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1100 includes at least one processor 1101, configured to implement or support the device to implement the functions of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include at least one memory 1102 for storing program instructions and / or data.
  • the memory 1102 and the processor 1101 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1101 may cooperate with the memory 1102.
  • the processor 1101 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1102. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the communication device 1100 may further include a transceiver 1103 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the communication device 1100 may communicate with other devices.
  • the processor 1101 may use the transceiver 1103 to send and receive data.
  • the transceiver 1103 may correspond to, for example, the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903 in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiver 1103 may specifically be some communication interfaces.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the transceiver 1103, the processor 1101, and the memory 1102.
  • the memory 1102, the processor 1101, and the transceiver 1103 are connected by a bus 1104 in FIG. , Not to limit.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only a thick line is used in FIG. 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1200 may be a network device, capable of Realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication device 1200 may also be an apparatus that can support the network device to realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device 1200 includes at least one processor 1201, which is used to implement or support the device to realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include at least one memory 1202 for storing program instructions and / or data.
  • the memory 1202 and the processor 1201 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1201 may cooperate with the memory 1202.
  • the processor 1201 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1202. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a transceiver 1203 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the communication device 1200 may communicate with other devices.
  • the processor 1201 may use the transceiver 1203 to send and receive data.
  • the transceiver 1203 may correspond to, for example, the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 in FIG. 10, and the transceiver 1203 may specifically be some communication interfaces.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific connection medium between the transceiver 1203, the processor 1201, and the memory 1202.
  • the memory 1202, the processor 1201, and the transceiver 1203 are connected by a bus 1204.
  • the bus is shown by a thick line in FIG. 12, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Not to limit.
  • the bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only a thick line is used in FIG. 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • processor 1101 and processor 1201 may be general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices,
  • the discrete hardware components can implement or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the memory 1102 and the memory 1202 may be non-volatile memories, such as an HDD or a solid state drive (SSD), or may be volatile memories (volatile memory), such as a random access memory RAM.
  • the memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, which is used to store program instructions and / or data.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer is allowed to execute the information transmission method in the embodiments of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system.
  • the chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the information transmission method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the communication device 900 in FIG. 9 and the communication device 1000 in FIG. 10.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides another communication system, which includes the communication device 1100 in FIG. 11 and the communication device 1200 in FIG. 12.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product stores instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the information transmission method in the embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are an information transmission method and a communication apparatus, belonging to the field of communication technologies. Said method comprises: a terminal device receiving a first DCI sent by a network device, and determining, according to the indication of the first DCI, an operation manner of an inactivity timer, the first DCI carrying first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information being used to indicate the operation manner of the inactivity timer in DRX. This solution performs an explicit indication of the operation manner of the inactivity timer by means of the second indication information carried in the first DCI, and thus is able to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device and save the electric quantity of the terminal device while ensuring that data can be transmitted in a timely and efficient manner, thereby improving the lifetime of the terminal device.

Description

一种信息传输方法及通信装置Information transmission method and communication device

相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference of related applications

本申请要求在2018年11月02日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811302951.9、申请名称为“一种信息传输方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2019年01月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910028472.0、申请名称为“一种信息传输方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on November 02, 2018 in the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201811302951.9 and the application name "An Information Transmission Method and Communication Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application Medium; This application requires the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on January 11, 2019 in the Chinese Patent Office with application number 201910028472.0 and application name "An Information Transmission Method and Communication Device", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in In this application.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息传输方法及通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to an information transmission method and a communication device.

背景技术Background technique

为了降低终端设备的功耗,在无线通信系统中,例如在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中,引入了非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制,由于终端设备的功耗开销主要集中在对物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的盲检测上,而DRX机制可以让终端设备周期性地进入睡眠状态(或称为睡眠模式,sleep mode或off mode)而不对PDCCH进行盲检测,在需要进行盲检测的时候,则从睡眠状态中唤醒(wake up),这样就可以尽量降低终端设备的功耗,达到省电的目的。In order to reduce the power consumption of terminal devices, discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanisms have been introduced in wireless communication systems, such as long-term evolution (LTE) systems. The power consumption overhead of terminal devices is mainly concentrated In the blind detection of the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), the DRX mechanism allows the terminal device to periodically enter the sleep state (or sleep mode, or offmode) without blinding the PDCCH Detection, when blind detection is needed, wake up from the sleep state, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible to achieve the purpose of saving power.

当终端设备从睡眠状态中唤醒后,终端设备将会在一段时间内持续对PDCCH进行盲检测,该过程仍然存在较大的功耗,因此,如果能在保证PDCCH检测性能的前提下,减少这部分功耗开销,则可以为降低终端设备的电量,提高续航能力。After the terminal device wakes up from the sleep state, the terminal device will continue to perform blind detection on the PDCCH for a period of time. This process still has a large power consumption. Therefore, if the performance of the PDCCH detection can be guaranteed, reduce this Part of the power consumption overhead can reduce the power of the terminal equipment and improve the endurance.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法及通信装置,用于降低终端设备的功耗。Embodiments of the present application provide an information transmission method and a communication device, which are used to reduce power consumption of a terminal device.

第一方面,提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,在该方法中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一DCI,并根据第一DCI的指示确定DRX中的inactivity timer的操作方式,该第一DCI携带有第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中的第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,第二指示信息用于指示该inactivity timer的操作方式。In the first aspect, an information transmission method is provided. The method can be executed by a terminal device. In this method, the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device, and determines the operation of the inactivity timer in DRX according to the indication of the first DCI In this manner, the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.

在该方案中,可以通过第一DCI中携带的第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式进行显性的指示,终端设备在接收到第一DCI之后,即可以明确inactivity timer的具体的操作方式,而不是像现有技术中只要接收到用于指示数据传输的DCI就会重启inactivity timer再从头再开始计时,这样可以解耦现有技术中的指示数据传输的DCI必然对应inactivity timer启动计时或重置计时再重新开始计时的隐含指示功能,通过inactivity timer的不同的操作方式可以提高调度的灵活性,例如网络设备可以在还需要传输的数据量减少时指示保持当前计时值而继续计时的操作方式,或者可以在没有需要传输的数据量时指示停止计时的操作方式,等等,这样可以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗,节约终端设备的电量,提高终端设备的设备续航能力。In this solution, the second indication information carried in the first DCI can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer. After receiving the first DCI, the terminal device can specify the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer. Instead of restarting the inactivity timer as long as the DCI used to instruct data transmission is received in the prior art and restarting the timing from the beginning, this can decouple the DCI instructing data transmission in the prior art to correspond to the inactivity timer to start timing or restart The implied instruction function of setting the timer and restarting the timer. The different operation modes of inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling. For example, the network device can instruct to keep the current timer value and continue the timer operation when the amount of data that needs to be transmitted decreases. Method, or you can indicate the operation mode to stop timing when there is no amount of data to be transmitted, etc., so as to balance the flexibility of scheduling and the power consumption between terminal devices, to ensure the timely and effective transmission of data Under the premise, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, saving About the power of the terminal equipment, improve the endurance of the terminal equipment.

在一种可能的设计中,inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启计时、停止计时、重置计时、继续计时。In a possible design, the operation mode of inactivity timer includes any of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing.

在该方案中,通过配置多种的inactivity timer的操作方式,网络设备可以根据需要传输的数据量的大小而向终端设备指示对应的inactivity timer的操作方式,从而可以提高inactivity timer计时操作的灵活性,进一步地在数据的及时传输和终端设备的低功耗之间平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,尽可能地降低终端设备的功耗。In this scheme, by configuring multiple inactivity timer operation modes, the network device can indicate the corresponding inactivity timer operation mode to the terminal device according to the amount of data to be transmitted, thereby improving the flexibility of the inactivity timer operation , To further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device, and to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as much as possible on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息在第一DCI中显性指示,该第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。In a possible design, the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI中的NDI字段承载第一指示信息,第一DCI中除该NDI字段之外的字段承载第二指示信息。In a possible design, the NDI field in the first DCI carries first indication information, and the fields in the first DCI other than the NDI field carry second indication information.

在上述方案中,通过在用于指示数据传输的DCI中显性指示inactivity timer的操作方式的方案,可以解耦现有技术中的指示数据传输的DCI必然对应重启inactivity timer在重新开始计时的隐含指示功能,例如可以解耦现有技术中的NDI指示新传数据时就必然启动inactivity timer的隐性指示功能,换言之,通过第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式的显性指示可以覆盖掉NDI隐性指示启动或不启动inactivity timer的功能。In the above solution, by explicitly indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the DCI used to indicate data transmission, it can be decoupled that the DCI in the prior art indicating data transmission must correspond to the implicit restart of the inactivity timer when restarting the timing. Including indication function, for example, it can decouple the NDI in the prior art to indicate the newly transmitted data, the implicit indication function of inactivity timer must be started, in other words, the explicit indication of the operation mode of inactivity timer can be overwritten by the second indication information NDI implicitly indicates whether to activate or not to activate the inactivity timer function.

在一种可能的设计中,当第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或者,当第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,第二指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。In a possible design, when the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or, when the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission When transferring data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer.

在第一DCI中通过NDI字段指示新传数据或者重传数据时,对应的第二指示信息可以显性指示inactivity timer如上述的具体的操作方式,相对于现有的通过NDI隐性的指示inactivity timer启动计时或重置计时的方式,可以提高对inactivity timer的计时操作指示的灵活性,以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗,节约终端设备的电量,提高终端设备的设备续航能力。In the first DCI, when the newly transmitted data or the retransmitted data is indicated by the NDI field, the corresponding second indication information can explicitly indicate the inactivity timer as the specific operation mode described above, compared to the existing implicit indication of inactivity through NDI The timer starts timing or resets the timing method, which can increase the flexibility of the timing operation instructions of the inactivity timer, in order to balance the scheduling flexibility and the power consumption between the terminal devices, and ensure the timely and effective transmission of data. Under the premise, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, the power of the terminal device can be saved, and the endurance of the terminal device can be improved.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息通过第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;其中,若取值相同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;或者,若取值相同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。In a possible design, the second indication information indicates whether the value of a field in the first DCI is the same as the value of the field in the previous DCI of the first DCI; where, if the values are the same, The second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop or continue to count, and if the value is different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timer; or, if the value is the same, the first The second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start the timer or reset the timer, and, if the value is different, the second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop the timer or continue the timer.

在上述方案中,可以根据用于承载第二指示信息的字段是否发生翻转来指示inactivity timer的操作方式,这里所说的翻转,是指该字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI中的该字段的取值相比是否发生变化,举例来说是指是否由0变成了1或者是否由1变成了0。例如在现有的DCI格式的基础上新增加1个字段,在通过该新增字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值是否相同来对inactivity timer的操作方式进行指示。In the above solution, the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be indicated according to whether the field used to carry the second indication information is flipped, and flipping here refers to the value of this field and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Whether the value of this field changes compared to, for example, whether it changes from 0 to 1 or from 1 to 0. For example, a new field is added on the basis of the existing DCI format, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer is indicated by whether the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI.

在一种可能的设计中,对于连续传输的且包括第一DCI的多个DCI,与第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,该预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible design, for a plurality of DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, the number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value as the field in the first DCI is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, which is It is an integer greater than or equal to 2.

在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在根据第一DCI的指示确定出inactivity timer的操作 方式之后,可以控制inactivity timer按照第一DCI指示的操作方式执行计时操作。In a possible design, after determining the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the indication of the first DCI, the terminal device may control the inactivity timer to perform the timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.

在该方案中,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示调整inactivity timer的操作方式,实现与网络设备的同一感知。In this solution, the terminal device can adjust the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the instructions of the network device to achieve the same perception as the network device.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI的格式为format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种。在第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI加扰;在第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。In a possible design, the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1. When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI; when the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC of the first DCI The bits are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or SP-CSI-RNTI.

因为上述格式的DCI是用于指示上行或下行数据调度的,因此适合用来同时通过第二信息来显性指示所述上行或下行数据调度是否开启或重启inactivity timer计时。而之所以只用上述的加扰RNTI所对应的上述DCI格式来发送第二指示信息,是因为这些相应的RNTI受到DRX的PDCCH检测规定所控制的,而其他RNTI加扰的上述DCI格式不受到DRX的PDCCH检测规定所限制,没有必要引入额外的字段开销,所以可以减少开销。通过配置如前列举的加扰方式,可以尽可能地减小DCI开销。Since the DCI in the above format is used to indicate uplink or downlink data scheduling, it is suitable for simultaneously indicating, through the second information, whether the uplink or downlink data scheduling is enabled or restarted inactivity timer. The reason why the second indication information is sent using only the DCI format corresponding to the scrambled RNTI is because these corresponding RNTIs are controlled by the DRX PDCCH detection regulations, while the DCI formats scrambled by other RNTIs are not affected. DRX PDCCH detection regulations are limited, there is no need to introduce additional field overhead, so the overhead can be reduced. By configuring the scrambling methods listed above, the DCI overhead can be reduced as much as possible.

在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在DRX活跃时间接收网络设备发送的第一DCI。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the DRX active time.

上述方案中,其中的DRX活跃时间是指终端设备处于active状态的过程中,即active状态对应的时长,终端设备可以检测到该第一DCI,而不会出现由于终端设备不检测PDCCH而导致的漏检。In the above solution, the DRX active time refers to the process in which the terminal device is in the active state, that is, the duration corresponding to the active state, and the terminal device can detect the first DCI without causing the terminal device not to detect the PDCCH. Missed inspection.

在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中接收网络设备发送的第一DCI。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the HARQ round-trip time timer.

通过HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中传输第一DCI,终端设备可以更快速的检测到冲传的调度,减小重传时延。By transmitting the first DCI during the HARQ round-trip time timer, the terminal device can more quickly detect the scheduling of the rush transmission and reduce the retransmission delay.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值,该第三指示信息指示的计时总值为网络设备配置为终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。In a possible design, the first DCI also carries third indication information, which is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the total indication value indicated by the third indication information is that the network device is configured as a terminal device One of multiple total timing values configured.

在该方案中,网络设备可以为终端设备中的inactivity timer配置多个计时总值,inactivity timer的计时总值即为inactivity timer值,终端设备在inactivity timer计时达到计时总值时就会进入off状态,所以通过不同的inactivity timer的计时总值相当于是配置了不同的到达off状态的时间,这样,网络设备可以根据当前需要传输的数据量的大小来适应性的选择不同的计时总值,再通过第三指示信息配置给终端设备中的inactivity timer,这样可以进一步地在数据的及时传输和终端设备的低功耗之间平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,尽量可能的降低终端设备的功耗。In this solution, the network device can configure multiple total timing values for the inactivity timer in the terminal device. The total timing value of the inactivity timer is the inactivity timer value, and the terminal device enters the off state when the inactivity timer reaches the total timing value. , So the total timing value of different inactivity timers is equivalent to configuring different times to reach the off state. In this way, the network device can adaptively select different total timing values according to the amount of data currently required to be transmitted, and then pass The third instruction information is allocated to the inactivity timer in the terminal device, which can further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, reduce the terminal device as much as possible. Power consumption.

在一种可能的设计中,在第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于或等于inactivity timer的已计时值时,表明inactivity timer的计时计满。In a possible design, when the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is less than or equal to the timed value of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the inactivity timer has expired.

在通常情况下,应该将第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于或等于inactivity timer的已计时值理解为是一条错误的指示,因为这样的指示是不合乎正常逻辑的,但是如果将其理解为错误逻辑的指示的话可能会导致inactivity timer的运行异常,所以在该方案中,当出现前述的错误逻辑的指示时,可以理解为inactivity timer的计时计满,即,系统可以容忍前述的错误逻辑的指示,这样可以提高系统的容错能力,进而可以确保inactivity timer的正常运行,从而提高系统的可靠性和稳定性。Under normal circumstances, the total value of the timing indicated by the third indication information is less than or equal to the timed value of the inactivity timer as an incorrect indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood as The error logic instruction may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the aforementioned error logic instruction appears, it can be understood that the inactivity timer's timing is over, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Indication, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.

在一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的计时 总值,也就是说,网络设备重新配置的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的计时总值。In a possible design, the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is smaller than the current total timing value of the inactivity timer, that is, the total reconfiguration timing value of the network device is smaller than the current total timing value of the inactivity timer.

在该方案中,当网络设备重新配置的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的计时总值时,可以尽量缩短到达off状态的时间,使得终端设备可以尽快提前的进入off状态,尽量降低终端设备的功耗。In this solution, when the total timing value of the network device reconfiguration is less than the current total timing value of inactivity timer, the time to reach the off state can be shortened as much as possible, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, and the power of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible Consume.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。In a possible design, the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the third indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.

在该方案中,提供多种对第二指示信息和第三指示信息进行指示的方式,可以提高指示的灵活性,这样便于根据实际情况灵活使用第一DCI中的字段以及比特,增强方案的适用性。In this solution, a variety of ways to indicate the second indication information and the third indication information are provided, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, which facilitates the flexible use of the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation, enhancing the application of the scheme Sex.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的已计时值。In a possible design, the first DCI also carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.

在该方案中,网络设备可以为终端设备中的inactivity timer配置多个已计时值,inactivity timer的已计时值相当于是配置了不同的到达off状态的时间,这样,网络设备可以根据当前需要传输的数据量的大小来适应性的选择不同的计时总值,再通过第四指示信息配置给终端设备中的inactivity timer,这样可以进一步地在数据的及时传输和终端设备的低功耗之间平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,尽可能地降低终端设备的功耗。In this solution, the network device can configure multiple timed values for the inactivity timer in the terminal device. The timed value of the inactivity timer is equivalent to configuring a different time to reach the off state, so that the network device can transmit according to the current need. The amount of data is used to adaptively select different total timing values, and then configure the inactivity timer in the terminal device through the fourth indication information, which can further balance the timely transmission of data and the low power consumption of the terminal device. Under the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible.

在一种可能的设计中,已计时值包括时间单元的个数或者已计时比例值,该已计时比例值用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。In a possible design, the timed value includes the number of time units or the timed proportion value, and the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer.

在该方案中,可以通过不同的方式来表示已计时值,这样可以增加方案的灵活性。In this scheme, the timed value can be expressed in different ways, which can increase the flexibility of the scheme.

在一种可能的设计中,在第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于或等于inactivity timer的计时总值时,表明inactivity timer的计时计满。In a possible design, when the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the timing of the inactivity timer is over.

在通常情况下,应该是将第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于或等于inactivity timer的计时总值理解为是一条错误的指示,因为这样的指示是不合乎正常逻辑的,但是如果将其理解为错误逻辑的指示的话可能会导致inactivity timer的运行异常,所以在该方案中,当出现前述的错误逻辑的指示时,可以理解为inactivity timer的计时计满,即,系统可以容忍前述的错误逻辑的指示,这样可以提高系统的容错能力,进而可以确保inactivity timer的正常运行,从而提高系统的可靠性和稳定性。Under normal circumstances, it should be understood that the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer as an erroneous indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of error logic, it may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the indication of the aforementioned error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of the inactivity timer is full, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.

在一种可能的设计中,第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于inactivity timer当前的已计时值,也就是说,网络设备为终端设备中的inactivity timer重新配置的已计时值是大于inactivity timer当前的已计时值的。In a possible design, the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than the current timed value of inactivity timer, that is, the network device reconfigured the timed value for the inactivity timer in the terminal device is greater than the current time of inactivity timer Of the timed value.

在该方案中,可以尽量缩短到达off状态的时间,使得终端设备可以尽快提前的进入off状态,尽量降低终端设备的功耗。In this solution, the time to reach the off state can be shortened as much as possible, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as early as possible, and the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced as much as possible.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息和/或第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。In a possible design, the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.

在该方案中,提供多种对第二指示信息和第四指示信息进行指示的方式,可以提高指示的灵活性,以便于根据实际情况灵活使用第一DCI中的字段以及比特,增强方案的适用性。In this solution, multiple ways of indicating the second indication information and the fourth indication information are provided, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, so as to flexibly use the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation, and enhance the application of the scheme Sex.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI可以同时携带前述的第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息。In a possible design, the first DCI may simultaneously carry the foregoing first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.

在该方案中,通过第三指示信息和第四指示信息可以双重程度地缩短到达off状态的时长,从而可以较快地进入off状态,以尽快地降低终端设备的功耗。In this solution, the third indication information and the fourth indication information can be used to shorten the time to reach the off state in a double degree, so that the off state can be entered faster, so as to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as soon as possible.

在一种可能的设计中,述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置该关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。In a possible design, the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries at least one of second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information, The third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.

在上述方案中,由于第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息是用于表征本申请中的第一DCI是有别于现有的DCI的指示信息,相当于是在现有DCI的基础上,可以通过第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息显性的指示一些与inactivity timer的计时相关的信息,相对于现有的DCI增加了一些新的指示功能,所以在解读第一DCI时,则需要按照新的解读方式进行解读,为了实现终端与网络之间的感知统一,网络设备可以通过RRC配置消息的方式告知终端设备需要采用本申请实施例中的新的解读方式来对后续接收到的第一DCI进行解读,简单的理解,网络设备可以通过RRC配置消息的方式告知终端设备第一DCI是能够指示inactivity timer的操作方式能够指示inactivity timer的计时总值、能够计时inactivity timer的已计时值中的至少一种的DCI,进而,终端设备则可以根据RRC配置消息与网路设备之间实现感知统一,以确保终端与网络之间的信息交互的准确。In the above solution, since the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information are indication information used to characterize that the first DCI in this application is different from the existing DCI, which is equivalent to the existing DCI On the basis, some information related to the timing of the inactivity timer can be explicitly indicated by the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information, and some new indication functions are added relative to the existing DCI, so in the interpretation In the first DCI, it needs to be interpreted according to a new interpretation method. In order to realize the unified perception between the terminal and the network, the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the new interpretation method in the embodiments of the present application is required. To interpret the first DCI received subsequently, a simple understanding, the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the first DCI is an operation mode that can indicate the inactivity timer, can indicate the total value of the inactivity timer, and can time DCI of at least one of the timed values of inactivity timer, and then, the terminal device may Set messages between network devices and achieve a unified perception, to ensure accurate information exchange between the terminal and the network.

在一种可能的设计中,若第一DCI在USS中传输时,第一DCI携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个;若第一DCI在CSS中传输时,第一DCI不携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息。In a possible design, if the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information; if the first DCI is transmitted in the CSS , The first DCI does not carry second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information.

上述方案中,可以直接根据搜索空间的类型来向终端设备指示DCI是否具有上述的新的指示功能,可以节省不需要前述新的功能的、在CSS类型的搜索空间中传输的DCI的信令开销。In the above solution, the terminal device can be directly indicated whether the DCI has the above-mentioned new indication function according to the type of the search space, which can save the signaling overhead of the DCI transmitted in the CSS-type search space without requiring the aforementioned new function .

第二方面,提供一种信息传输方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,在该方法中,网络设备确定第一DCI,并将该第一DCI发送给终端设备,该第一DCI携带有第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中的第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,第二指示信息用于指示DRX中的inactivity timer的操作方式。In a second aspect, an information transmission method is provided. The method may be performed by a network device. In this method, the network device determines a first DCI and sends the first DCI to a terminal device. The first DCI carries the first Indication information and second indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer in DRX.

在该方案中,可以通过第一DCI中携带的第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式进行显性的指示,终端设备在接收到第一DCI之后,即可以明确inactivity timer的具体的操作方式,而不是像现有技术中只要接收到用于指示数据调度的DCI就会重启inactivity timer再从头再开始计时,这样可以解耦现有技术中的指示数据传输的DCI必然对应inactivity timer启动计时或重置计时再重新开始计时的隐含指示功能,通过inactivity timer的不同的操作方式可以提高调度的灵活性,例如网络设备可以在还需要传输的数据量减少时指示保持当前计时值而继续计时的操作方式,或者可以在没有需要传输的数据量时指示停止计时的操作方式,等等,这样可以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行 平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗,节约终端设备的电量,提高终端设备的设备续航能力。In this solution, the second indication information carried in the first DCI can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer. After receiving the first DCI, the terminal device can specify the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer. Instead of restarting the inactivity timer as long as the DCI used to indicate data scheduling is received in the prior art and restarting the timing from the beginning, this can decouple the DCI indicating data transmission in the prior art must correspond to the inactivity timer start timing or restart The implied instruction function of setting the timer and restarting the timer. The different operation modes of inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling. For example, the network device can instruct to keep the current timer value and continue the timer operation when the amount of data that needs to be transmitted decreases. Method, or you can indicate the operation mode to stop timing when there is no amount of data to be transmitted, etc., so as to balance the flexibility of scheduling and the power consumption between terminal devices, to ensure the timely and effective transmission of data Under the premise, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, Capacity of about terminal equipment, improve equipment endurance terminal equipment.

在一种可能的设计中,网络设备在向终端设备发送第一DCI之前,还可以先向终端设备发送DRX配置信息,以使得终端设备根据该DRX配置信息完成DRX配置,并启动DRX模式。In a possible design, before sending the first DCI to the terminal device, the network device may first send DRX configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device completes the DRX configuration according to the DRX configuration information and starts the DRX mode.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息在第一DCI中显性指示,该第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。In a possible design, the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI中的NDI字段承载第一指示信息,第一DCI中除该NDI字段之外的字段承载第二指示信息。In a possible design, the NDI field in the first DCI carries first indication information, and the fields in the first DCI other than the NDI field carry second indication information.

在一种可能的设计中,当第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或者,当第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,第二指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。In a possible design, when the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or, when the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission When transferring data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息通过第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;其中,若取值相同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;或者,若取值相同,第二指示信息指示nactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。In a possible design, the second indication information indicates whether the value of a field in the first DCI is the same as the value of the field in the previous DCI of the first DCI; where, if the values are the same, The second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop or continue to count, and if the value is different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timer; or, if the value is the same, the first The second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the nactivity timer is to start the timer or reset the timer, and, if the value is different, the second instruction information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop the timer or continue the timer.

在一种可能的设计中,对于连续传输的且包括第一DCI的多个DCI,与第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,该预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。In a possible design, for a plurality of DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, the number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value as the field in the first DCI is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, which is a predetermined threshold It is an integer greater than or equal to 2.

在一种可能的设计中,inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启、停止、重置计时、继续计时。In a possible design, the operation mode of inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start, stop, reset timing, and continue timing.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI的格式为format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种。在第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI加扰;在第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。In a possible design, the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1. When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI; when the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC of the first DCI The bits are scrambled by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or SP-CSI-RNTI.

在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在DRX活跃时间接收网络设备发送的第一DCI。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the DRX active time.

在一种可能的设计中,终端设备在HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中接收网络设备发送的第一DCI。In a possible design, the terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the HARQ round-trip time timer.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值,该第三指示信息指示的计时总值为网络设备配置为终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。In a possible design, the first DCI also carries third indication information, which is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the total indication value indicated by the third indication information is that the network device is configured as a terminal device One of multiple total timing values configured.

在一种可能的设计中,在第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于或等于inactivity timer的已计时值时,表明inactivity timer的计时计满。In a possible design, when the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is less than or equal to the timed value of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the inactivity timer has expired.

在一种可能的设计中,第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的计时总值,也就是说,网络设备重新配置的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的计时总值。In a possible design, the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is smaller than the current total timing value of inactivity timer, that is, the total reconfiguration timing value of the network device is smaller than the current total timing value of inactivity timer.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息通过不同的 字段联合指示;或者,第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。In a possible design, the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the third indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的已计时值。In a possible design, the first DCI also carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.

在一种可能的设计中,已计时值包括时间单元的个数或者已计时比例值,该已计时比例值用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。In a possible design, the timed value includes the number of time units or the timed proportion value, and the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer.

在一种可能的设计中,在第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于或等于inactivity timer的计时总值时,表明inactivity timer的计时计满。In a possible design, when the counted value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer, it indicates that the timing of the inactivity timer is over.

在一种可能的设计中,第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于inactivity timer当前的已计时值,也就是说,网络设备为终端设备中的inactivity timer重新配置的已计时值是大于inactivity timer当前的已计时值的。In a possible design, the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than the current timed value of inactivity timer, that is, the network device reconfigured the timed value for the inactivity timer in the terminal device is greater than the current time of inactivity timer Of the timed value.

在一种可能的设计中,第二指示信息和/或第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。In a possible design, the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: the second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information is passed Joint indication of different fields; or, the fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, the second indication information and the fourth indication information It is indicated by different bits in a field.

在一种可能的设计中,第一DCI可以同时携带前述的第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息。In a possible design, the first DCI may simultaneously carry the foregoing first indication information, second indication information, third indication information, and fourth indication information.

在一种可能的设计中,述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置该关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。In a possible design, the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries at least one of second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information, The third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer.

在一种可能的设计中,若第一DCI在USS中传输时,第一DCI携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个;若第一DCI在CSS中传输时,第一DCI不携带第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息。In a possible design, if the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information; if the first DCI is transmitted in the CSS , The first DCI does not carry second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information.

由于第二方面中各种可能的设计的方案和第一方面中各种可能的设计的方案是相同或相应的方案,所以第二方面中各种可能的设计的方案的有益技术效果可以参见第一方面对应的各种可能的设计的效果描述。Since the various possible design solutions in the second aspect and the first possible design solutions in the first aspect are the same or corresponding solutions, the beneficial technical effects of the various possible design solutions in the second aspect can be found in On the one hand, it describes the effect of various possible designs.

第三方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,该装置可以包括处理模块和接收模块,这些模块可以执行上述第一方面任一种设计示例中的终端设备所执行的相应功能。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal device or a device in a terminal device. The device may include a processing module and a receiving module. These modules may perform any of the design examples of the first aspect. The corresponding function performed by the terminal device in.

第四方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,该装置可以包括处理模块和发送模块,这些模块可以执行上述第二方面任一种设计示例中的网络设备所执行的相应功能。According to a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a network device or a device in a network device. The device may include a processing module and a sending module. These modules may perform any of the design examples of the second aspect. The corresponding function performed by the network device in.

第五方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法。该通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法。该通信装置还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于通信装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性地,该其它设备例如是网络设备。According to a fifth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided. The communication apparatus may be a terminal device, and the communication apparatus includes a processor for implementing the method described in the first aspect. The communication device may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method described in the first aspect. The communication apparatus may further include a transceiver for communicating with the other apparatus, for example, the other apparatus is, for example, a network apparatus.

第六方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,用于存储程序指令和数据。所述存储器与所述处理器耦合,所述处理器可以调用并执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法。所述通信装置还可以包括收发器,所述收发器用于该通信装置与其它设备进行通信,示例性地,该其它设备例如是终端设备。According to a sixth aspect, a communication apparatus is provided. The communication apparatus may be a network device, and the communication apparatus includes a processor for implementing the method described in the second aspect above. The communication device may further include a memory for storing program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the method described in the second aspect above. The communication device may further include a transceiver, which is used for the communication device to communicate with other devices. For example, the other device is, for example, a terminal device.

第七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面描述的方法。According to a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in the first aspect.

第八方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第二方面描述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on a computer, the computer is caused to perform the method described in the second aspect.

第九方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第一方面描述的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a ninth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the method described in the first aspect. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

第十方面,提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现第二方面描述的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。According to a tenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and may further include a memory for implementing the method described in the second aspect. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第三方面所述的通信装置和第四方面所述的通信装置。According to an eleventh aspect, there is provided a communication system including the communication device according to the third aspect and the communication device according to the fourth aspect.

第十二方面,提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括第五方面所述的通信装置和第六方面所述的通信装置。According to a twelfth aspect, there is provided a communication system including the communication device according to the fifth aspect and the communication device according to the sixth aspect.

第十三方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面描述的方法。According to a thirteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions. The computer program product stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect above.

第十四方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面描述的方法。According to a fourteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions. The computer program product stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the method described in the second aspect above.

在本申请实施例中,通过第一DCI中携带的第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式进行显性的指示,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗,节约终端设备的电量,提高终端设备的设备续航能力。In the embodiment of the present application, the second indication information carried in the first DCI explicitly indicates the operation mode of the inactivity timer, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible To save the power of the terminal equipment and improve the endurance of the terminal equipment.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION

图1为C-DRX机制的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the C-DRX mechanism;

图2为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例中的信息传输方法的流程图;3 is a flowchart of an information transmission method in an embodiment of this application;

图4a为本申请实施例中的下行HARQ往返时间计时器HARQ-RTT-TimerDL和下行重传计时器RetransmissionTimerDL的计时示意图;4a is a schematic diagram of timing of a downlink HARQ round-trip time timer HARQ-RTT-TimerDL and a downlink retransmission timer RetransmissionTimerDL in an embodiment of this application;

图4为本申请实施例中的inactivity timer的计时示意图;4 is a timing diagram of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例中的inactivity timer的另一计时示意图;5 is another timing diagram of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图6A为本申请实施例中的对inactivity timer的计时总值进行调整的示意图;6A is a schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图6B为本申请实施例中的对inactivity timer的计时总值进行调整的另一示意图;6B is another schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图7A为本申请实施例中的对inactivity timer的已计时值进行调整的示意图;7A is a schematic diagram of adjusting the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图7B为本申请实施例中的对inactivity timer的已计时值进行调整的另一示意图;7B is another schematic diagram of adjusting the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例中的对inactivity timer的计时总值和已计时值同时进行调整的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of adjusting the total timing value and the timed value of inactivity timer in the embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例中的通信装置的结构框图;9 is a structural block diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application;

图10为本申请实施例中的通信装置的另一结构框图;10 is another structural block diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application;

图11为本申请实施例中的通信装置的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application;

图12为本申请实施例中的通信装置的另一结构示意图。FIG. 12 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式detailed description

为使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。To make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and completely in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.

以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.

1、终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备(例如智能手表、智能眼镜、智能头盔)等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等,例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1. Terminal devices, including devices that provide voice and / or data connectivity to users, for example, may include handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or processing devices connected to wireless modems. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and / or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote Remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include mobile phones (or “cellular” phones), computers with mobile terminal devices, portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in or on-board mobile devices, smart wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart phones) Glasses, smart helmet), etc. For example, personal communication service (PCS) telephones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDA) and other equipment. Also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, and global positioning systems (global positioning system) positioning sensing system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.

该终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。The terminal device may also be a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, an augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, a wireless terminal in industrial control (industrial control), a wireless terminal in self-driving (remote), remote Wireless terminals in surgery (medical surgery), wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), smart homes (smart home) Wireless terminals in

2、网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备和核心网设备。接入网设备例如是基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(internet protocol,IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),本申请实施例并不限定。若在LTE系统中,核心网设备例如为移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME);若在NR系统中,核心网设备例如为接入和移动性管理功能实体(access and mobility management function,AMF)。在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元 (distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点。本申请实施例并不限定。2. Network equipment, for example, including access network (AN) equipment and core network equipment. The access network device is, for example, a base station (for example, an access point), and may refer to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface in the access network. The network equipment can be used to convert received air frames and internet protocol (IP) packets to each other as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include the IP network . The network equipment can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. In the LTE system, the core network equipment is, for example, a mobility management entity (MME); in the NR system, the core network equipment is, for example, an access and mobility management function entity (access and mobility management function, AMF) ). In a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or include a CU node and a DU node. The embodiments of the present application are not limited.

3、DRX,在DRX机制下,终端设备在睡眠时间内会停止监听PDCCH。DRX分两种:空闲DRX(IDLE-mode DRX)和连接DRX(Connected-mode DRX,C-DRX),其中,IDLE DRX又称作空闲态下的DRX,C-DRX又称作连接态下的DRX。3. DRX. Under the DRX mechanism, the terminal device will stop monitoring the PDCCH during the sleep time. There are two types of DRX: idle DRX (IDLE-mode DRX) and connected DRX (Connected-mode DRX, C-DRX). Among them, IDLE DRX is also called DRX in idle state, and C-DRX is also called in connected state. DRX.

IDLE-mode DRX,也就是终端设备处于空闲状态的非连续性接收,由于终端设备处于空闲状态时,已经没有无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)连接以及终端设备的专有资源,因此在IDLE-mode DRX下终端设备主要监听寻呼消息,只要定义好寻呼消息的周期,就可以达到非连续接收的目的。终端设备监听用户数据时,需要离开空闲态,例如从空闲状态先进入连接状态。IDLE-mode DRX, that is, the discontinuous reception of the terminal device in the idle state, because the terminal device is idle, there is no radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) connection and terminal device proprietary resources, so in IDLE -Mode DRX terminal equipment mainly monitors paging messages, as long as the paging message cycle is defined, you can achieve the purpose of discontinuous reception. When the terminal device listens to user data, it needs to leave the idle state, for example, enter the connected state from the idle state first.

C-DRX,也就是终端设备处在RRC connected状态下的DRX,在C-DRX下,终端设备会周期性地盲检测PDCCH,如果在一段时间内检测不到PDCCH,终端设备就会进入睡眠状态,在睡眠状态下停止检测PDCCH,以省去终端设备检测PDCCH的能耗,达到省电的目的。其中,终端设备检测PDCCH时的状态可以称作唤醒状态或者on duration或者active mode或者wake up mode,以及睡眠状态可以称作off mode或者sleep mode,简单的理解,终端设备可以在唤醒状态检测PDCCH,在睡眠状态停止检测PDCCH。C-DRX, that is, DRX where the terminal device is in the RRC connected state, under C-DRX, the terminal device periodically blindly detects the PDCCH, and if the PDCCH cannot be detected within a certain period of time, the terminal device will go to sleep , Stop the PDCCH detection in the sleep state, so as to save the energy consumption of the terminal device to detect the PDCCH, and achieve the purpose of saving power. Among them, the state when the terminal device detects the PDCCH may be referred to as awake state or on duration or active mode or wake mode, and the sleep state may be referred to as off mode or sleep mode. For simple understanding, the terminal device may detect the PDCCH in the wake state. Stop detecting PDCCH in sleep state.

在后文的介绍中,是以C-DRX模式对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行介绍。In the following introduction, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application are introduced in the C-DRX mode.

4、下行控制信道,例如为物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),或者为增强的物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel,EPDCCH),窄带物理下行控制信道(narrowband physical downlink control channel,NPDCCH),或者可以是其他的下行控制信道。4. Downlink control channel, for example, physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel, PDCCH), or enhanced physical downlink control channel (enhanced physical downlink control channel, EPDCCH), narrowband physical downlink control channel (narrowband physical downlink control channel) , NPDCCH), or may be other downlink control channels.

5、时间单元,是一种时间单位。例如包括一个时隙(slot)或者一个子帧或者一个微时隙(mini-slot)或者一个正交频分复用((orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号或者一毫秒(ms)或者分数毫秒(例如1/32ms)的时间单位,或者包括多个时隙或者多个子帧或者多个微时隙(mini-slot)或者多个OFDM符号或者若干毫秒(ms)或者若干分数毫秒的时间单位。5. Time unit is a unit of time. For example, it includes a slot or a subframe or a mini-slot or an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbol or one millisecond (ms) or fractional millisecond ( For example, the time unit of 1 / 32ms) may include multiple time slots or multiple subframes or multiple mini-slots or multiple OFDM symbols or several milliseconds (ms) or several fractional milliseconds.

6、本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“多个”是指两个或两个以上,鉴于此,本申请实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“至少一个”,可理解为一个或多个,例如理解为一个、两个或更多个。例如,包括至少一个,是指包括一个、两个或更多个,而且不限制包括的是哪几个,例如,包括A、B和C中的至少一个,那么包括的可以是A,B,C,A和B,A和C,B和C,或A和B和C。“至少两个”,可理解为两个或更多个。同理,对于“至少一种”等描述的理解,也是类似的。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,或单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。6. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "Multiple" refers to two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present application, "multiple" may also be understood as "at least two". "At least one" can be understood as one or more, such as one, two or more. For example, including at least one means including one, two or more, and does not limit which ones are included, for example, including at least one of A, B, and C, then the included may be A, B, C, A and B, A and C, B and C, or A and B and C. "At least two" can be understood as two or more. In the same way, the understanding of the description of "at least one" is similar. "And / or" describes the association relationship of the related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and / or B, which can indicate: there are three situations where A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, or B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the related object is a "or" relationship.

以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。And, unless stated to the contrary, the embodiments of the present application refer to ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" to distinguish between multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or Importance.

为了更好地理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,下面先介绍本申请实施例的技术背景。In order to better understand the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical background of the embodiments of the present application is first introduced below.

如前所述,可以采用DRX机制降低终端设备的功耗,以达到节约电量、延长设备续航能力的目的,在DRX机制中,终端设备会在唤醒后的一段时间内持续地对PDCCH进行检测,该持续的检测过程仍然存在较大的功耗,为了便于理解,以下结合图1所示的C-DRX 机制示意图对现有技术进行说明。As mentioned above, the DRX mechanism can be used to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device to achieve the purpose of saving power and extending the endurance of the device. In the DRX mechanism, the terminal device will continuously detect the PDCCH for a period of time after waking up. The continuous detection process still has large power consumption. For ease of understanding, the following describes the prior art in conjunction with the schematic diagram of the C-DRX mechanism shown in FIG. 1.

请参见图1,DRX具有DRX周期,在一个DRX周期内包括唤醒状态和睡眠状态这两种状态,每种状态配置有对应的持续时长,在图1中唤醒状态是以active表示,睡眠状态是以off表示,active的总时长包括on duration的持续时长和inactivity timer的计时时长。在active状态下,终端设备会持续检测PDCCH,若在on duration配置的持续时长结束时还未检测到PDCCH,则进入off状态,在off状态下,终端设备会停止PDCCH的检测以降低功耗。若在on duration配置的持续时长内检测到PDCCH,则表明有数据需要进行传输,此时为了确保数据的及时传输,则会启动inactivity timer进行计时。在inactivity timer计时的过程中终端设备持续保持active状态,这样可以避免过早的进入off状态而影响数据的及时传输,相当于是,通过inactivity timer的计时以达到延长active状态的持续时长的目的,进而在有数据需要传输时能够确保数据的完整和及时传输,可以想到的是,在on duration快要结束时若确定需要进行数据传输,如果没有inactivity timer机制来延长active状态,原本剩余的active状态的持续时长可能还不足以完成需要传输的数据的传输就进入了off状态的省电模式,这样就需要再等到下一个DRX周期到来时才能继续传输数据,很显然这样会影响数据传输的及时性,造成时延。Please refer to FIG. 1, DRX has a DRX cycle, and includes two states of awake state and sleep state in a DRX cycle, each state is configured with a corresponding duration. In FIG. 1, the wake state is indicated by active, and the sleep state is Expressed as off, the total duration of active includes the duration of onduration and the duration of inactivity timer. In the active state, the terminal device will continue to detect the PDCCH. If the PDCCH has not been detected at the end of the duration configured on the duration, it will enter the off state. In the off state, the terminal device will stop the detection of the PDCCH to reduce power consumption. If the PDCCH is detected within the duration configured on the duration, it indicates that there is data to be transmitted. In this case, in order to ensure the timely transmission of data, the inactivity timer will be started for timing. During the timing of the inactivity timer, the terminal device continues to maintain the active state, which can avoid entering the off state prematurely and affecting the timely transmission of data. This is equivalent to extending the duration of the active state through the timing of the inactivity timer. It can ensure the completeness and timely transmission of data when there is data to be transmitted. It is conceivable that if it is determined that data transmission is required at the end of onduration, if there is no inactivity timer mechanism to extend the active state, the remaining active state will continue. The time may not be enough to complete the transmission of the data that needs to be transmitted and enters the off-state power-saving mode, so you need to wait until the next DRX cycle to continue to transmit the data. Obviously this will affect the timeliness of the data transmission, resulting in Delay.

其中,inactivity timer又可以表示成drx-inactivity timer,例如可以称作inactivity计时器或者不活跃计时器或者不活动计时器或者其它名称,inactivity timer表示终端设备在检测到指示数据传输的PDCCH后,还需要继续检测PDCCH的时长,该时长可以时间单元表示,例如可以ms或者PDCCH子帧或者其它时间单元表示,例如在该时长为80ms时,那么在inactivity timer计时满80ms时即表明计时计满。Among them, inactivity timer can also be expressed as drx-inactivity timer, for example, it can be called inactivity timer or inactivity timer or inactivity timer or other names. Inactivity timer means that after the terminal device detects the PDCCH indicating data transmission, it also The duration of the PDCCH detection needs to be continued. The duration can be expressed in time units, for example, ms or PDCCH subframes or other time units. For example, when the duration is 80 ms, then when the inactivity timer reaches 80 ms, it indicates that the timing is over.

另外,on duration期间也配置有相应的计时器,即on duration timer,on duration timer又可以表示成drx-on duration timer,例如可以称作on duration计时器或者持续时间计时器或者其它名称,on duration timer表示终端设备在进入DRX周期后处于唤醒状态的时长,类似地,该时长也可以ms或者PDCCH子帧或者其它时间单元表示,在一种可能的实施方式中,为on duration timer和inactivity timer配置的表示计时器的计时时长的时间单元可以一致,例如都采用ms的时间单元。In addition, the corresponding timer is also configured during on duration, that is, on duration, on duration can be expressed as drx-on duration, for example, it can be called on duration timer or duration timer or other names, on duration Timer indicates the duration of the terminal device in the wake-up state after entering the DRX cycle. Similarly, the duration can also be expressed in ms or PDCCH subframes or other time units. In a possible implementation, it is configured for on-duration timer and inactivity timer. The time units representing the duration of the timer can be the same, for example, all use ms time units.

如前对inactivity timer的介绍,可知在有些情形下,由于inactivity timer的存在可以延长active状态的持续时长,以图1为例,通过对第一个DRX周期和第二个DRX周期的比对,第一个DRX周期中的active状态的持续时长与on duration的持续时长是相等的,即表明在第一个DRX周期内的on duration期间未检测到PDCCH,第二个DRX周期中的active状态的持续时长要大于第一个DRX周期中的active状态的持续时长,为了便于描述方便,例如可以将on duration的持续时长称作on duration时长,以及将active状态的持续时长称作active时长。第一个DRX周期中的on duration时长是初始配置的,具体可以on duration timer的计时表示,on duration时长例如是10ms,在第二个DRX周期中,在on duration timer快计时计满时,例如在计时的第8ms检测到用于指示数据传输的PDCCH,即表明需要传输数据,为了确保该数据的及时传输,此时则启动inactivity timer,假设inactivity timer为80ms,所以在从on duration的第8ms时还会再继续在80ms内持续检测PDCCH,若在该80ms内未再检测到PDCCH则进入off状态,可见,由于inactivity timer的参与,使得原本只有8ms的active持续时长(即on duration时长)被增加至88ms,即拖长了active时长,通过这种方式可以确保数据的及时传输以尽量减小业务时延,但是由 于滞后了进入off状态的时间,相当于就是缩短了off状态的持续时长,同时也增大了终端设备的功耗。As mentioned in the previous introduction to inactivity timers, it can be seen that in some cases, due to the existence of inactivity timers, the duration of the active state can be extended. Taking FIG. 1 as an example, by comparing the first DRX cycle with the second DRX cycle, The duration of the active state in the first DRX cycle is equal to the duration of the onduration, which means that the PDCCH was not detected during the onduration in the first DRX cycle, and the active state in the second DRX cycle The duration is longer than the duration of the active state in the first DRX cycle. For convenience of description, for example, the duration of the onduration can be called the duration of the onduration, and the duration of the active state can be called the duration of the active. The on duration in the first DRX cycle is initially configured, which can be expressed by the timing of the on timer, for example, the on duration is 10ms. In the second DRX cycle, when the on duration timer expires, for example The PDCCH indicating data transmission is detected at the 8th ms of the timing, which indicates that the data needs to be transmitted. In order to ensure the timely transmission of the data, the inactivity timer is started at this time. It is assumed that the inactivity timer is 80ms, so the 8ms from onduration It will continue to continue to detect PDCCH within 80ms. If it does not detect PDCCH within 80ms, it will enter the off state. It can be seen that due to the participation of inactivity timer, the original active duration of only 8ms (that is, onduration duration) was originally Increased to 88ms, which prolongs the active duration. In this way, it can ensure the timely transmission of data to minimize the service delay. However, due to the delay in entering the off state, it is equivalent to shortening the duration of the off state. At the same time, it also increases the power consumption of the terminal device.

并且,在on duration期间第一次检测到PDCCH启动inactivity timer后,若再次检测到PDCCH终端设备又会重启inactivity timer进行新一轮的inactivity timer计时,继续前述例子,在每检测到一次PDCCH后,inactivity timer均是从0开始计时,如之前inactivity timer还未计时过,则开启inactivity timer从0开始计时,如之前inactivity timer已经计时过,则将inactivity timer重启后再从0开始计时,这里所说的重启是指清除之前已经计时过的值,每检测到一个PDCCH均从0开始计时,并且在重启的inactivity timer计时计满之后才能进入off状态,若在PDCCH较多的情形下,可能会过长的拖长active时长,使得off状态的时长过多的缩短,这样难以确保降低功耗的目的,而inactivity timer的inactivity timer值是通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令半静态配置的,但是按照现有的配置方式,一旦启动inactivity timer进行计时就要等到其计时计满才能进入off状态,如果配置的取值过大,则会过多的拖长active状态的持续时长,耗电过大,如果配置的取值过小,可能难以满足数据的有效和及时传输,影响数据调度的灵活性,所以现有技术中的inactivity timer机制难以在调度灵活性和终端设备的功耗之间进行平衡。Moreover, after the PDCCH startup inactivity timer is detected for the first time during onduration, if the PDCCH terminal device is detected again, the inactivity timer will be restarted to perform a new round of inactivity timer timing, continuing the foregoing example, after each PDCCH is detected, The inactivity timer starts from 0. If the inactivity timer has not been counted before, start the inactivity timer to start timing from 0. If the inactivity timer has been timed before, restart the inactivity timer and then start timing from 0. The restart refers to clearing the value that has been timed before. Every time a PDCCH is detected, it starts counting from 0, and it can only enter the off state after the restarted inactivity timer expires. If there are many PDCCHs, it may pass. The long prolonged active duration makes the duration of the off state too short, which makes it difficult to ensure the purpose of reducing power consumption, and the inactivity timer value of inactivity timer is semi-statically configured through radio resource control (radio resource control (RRC) signaling) , But according to the existing configuration, once inactivity is started The timer must wait until its timer expires before it can enter the off state. If the configured value is too large, it will prolong the duration of the active state too much, and the power consumption is too large. If the configured value is too small, it may be It is difficult to satisfy the effective and timely transmission of data, which affects the flexibility of data scheduling, so the inactivity timer mechanism in the prior art is difficult to balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption of terminal devices.

其中,对于inactivity timer值配置过大的情况,目前可以在inactivity timer仍计时的过程中通过媒体接入控制单元(medium access control control element,MAC CE)终止,但从网络设备(例如基站)决定发送MAC CE到终端设备接收到及生效可能有十几个solt的延迟(对于某些情况,即例如有10几ms),对于基站的实现,由于缺少对网络设备的业务数据的感知和预测,为了在有业务数据到达情况下可以及时处理,通常情况下基站不会采用MAC CE的方式提前终止inactivity timer的计时。Among them, for the case where the inactivity timer value is configured too large, it can currently be terminated by a media access control unit (medium access control control element (MAC)) while the inactivity timer is still timing, but the network device (such as a base station) decides to send There may be a dozen solt delays between MAC and CE receiving and taking effect from the terminal equipment (for some cases, for example, 10 ms). For the realization of the base station, due to the lack of perception and prediction of the service data of the network equipment, in order to When the service data arrives, it can be processed in time. Under normal circumstances, the base station will not use the MAC CE method to terminate the timing of the inactivity timer in advance.

综上,现有技术中,半静态配置inactivity timer值的inactivity timer机制,缺乏在调度灵活性和终端设备的功耗之间进行平衡,难以自适应数据传输的要求,所以在对PDCCH检测的过程中存在设备功耗较大的技术问题。In summary, in the prior art, the inactivity timer mechanism for semi-statically configured inactivity timer values lacks the balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption of terminal devices, and it is difficult to adapt to the requirements of data transmission. Therefore, the process of PDCCH detection There is a technical problem that the power consumption of the device is large.

鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种信息传输方法,在本申请实施例的技术方案中,网络设备在向终端设备发送用于指示数据传输的第一下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)时,可以在该第一DCI中携带用于指示inactivity timer的操作方式的第二指示信息,通过第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式的显性指示,终端设备在接收到该第一DCI之后,即可以明确inactivity timer的操作方式,例如是开启计时或者停止计时或者重置计时或者保持当前计时值继续计时或其他操作方式,而不是像现有技术中只要接收到用于指示数据调度的DCI就会重启inactivity timer再从头再开始计时,通过在用于指示数据传输的DCI中显性指示inactivity timer的操作方式的方案,可以解耦现有技术中的指示数据传输的DCI必然对应重启inactivity timer在重新开始计时的隐含指示功能,例如可以解耦现有技术中的通过新传数据指示(new data indicator,NDI)指示新传数据时就必然对inactivity timer启动计时或者重置计时的隐性指示功能,换言之,本申请实施例可以通过第二指示信息对inactivity timer的操作方式的显性指示可以覆盖掉NDI隐性指示启动或不启动inactivity timer的功能,并且,通过inactivity timer的不同的操作方式可以提高调度的灵活性,例如网络设备可以在还需要传输的数据量减少时指示保持当前计时值而继续计时的操作方式,或者可以在没有继续传输的数据量时指示停止计时的操作方式,等等,这样可以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有 效的传输的前提下,还可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗。In view of this, an embodiment of the present application provides an information transmission method. In the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, the network device sends first downlink control information (DCI) for instructing data transmission to the terminal device At this time, the second indication information indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be carried in the first DCI, and through the explicit indication of the operation mode of the inactivity timer by the second indication information, after the terminal device receives the first DCI , That is, the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be clarified, such as starting the timer or stopping the timer or resetting the timer or keeping the current timer value to continue the timer or other operation methods, instead of simply receiving DCI for indicating data scheduling as in the prior art It will restart the inactivity timer and start timing again from the beginning. By explicitly indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the DCI used to indicate data transmission, the DCI in the prior art that indicates data transmission must be decoupled to restart the inactivity timer correspondingly. The implicit indication function when restarting the timing, for example can In the prior art, when a new data indicator (new data indicator (NDI)) is used to indicate new data, the inactivity indicator function must be started or reset to indicate the inactivity timer. In other words, the embodiment of the present application can use the second The explicit indication of the instruction information on the operation mode of the inactivity timer can override the NDI implicit indication to start or not start the function of the inactivity timer, and the different operation modes of the inactivity timer can increase the flexibility of scheduling. For example, network devices can It also needs to indicate the operation mode to keep the current timing value and continue timing when the amount of data transmitted decreases, or to indicate the operation mode to stop timing when there is no data amount to continue to transmit, etc., so as to maximize the flexibility of scheduling and terminal equipment Balance the power consumption between them, and on the premise of ensuring the timely and effective transmission of data, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于5G系统中,或者应用于LTE系统中,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,具体的不做限制。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G system, or to an LTE system, or may also be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations.

如上介绍了本申请实施例的技术背景,以下再介绍本申请实施例的应用场景。The technical background of the embodiments of the present application is described above, and the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application will be described below.

图2示出了本申请实施例的一种可能的应用场景的示意图,在该应用场景中包括网络设备和终端设备,其中,网络设备和终端设备的功能已经在前述进行了描述,在此不再赘述。终端设备与网络设备无线连接,终端设备与网络设备之间可以进行数据传输,例如将网络设备发送给终端设备的数据称作下行传输,以及将终端设备发送给网络设备的数据称作上行传输。图2所示的应用场景可以是NR系统中的应用场景,或者可以是LTE系统中的应用场景等,例如,图2所示的应用场景是NR系统中的应用场景,那么其中的网络设备可以是NR系统中的gNB,以及其中的终端设备可以是NR系统中的终端设备。FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a possible application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. The application scenario includes a network device and a terminal device. The functions of the network device and the terminal device have been described in the foregoing. Repeat again. The terminal device and the network device are wirelessly connected, and data transmission can be performed between the terminal device and the network device. For example, data sent from the network device to the terminal device is called downlink transmission, and data sent from the terminal device to the network device is called uplink transmission. The application scenario shown in FIG. 2 may be an application scenario in the NR system, or may be an application scenario in the LTE system, etc. For example, the application scenario shown in FIG. 2 is an application scenario in the NR system, then the network device may be It is gNB in the NR system, and the terminal device in it can be the terminal device in the NR system.

需要说明的是,图2所示的场景不应对本申请实施例的应用场景造成限定,在实际的应用中,可以包括多个网络设备和多个终端设备。例如,一个终端设备可以只与一个网络设备进行数据传输,也可以与多个网络设备进行数据传输,或者一个网络设备可以与一个终端设备进行数据传输,也可以与多个终端设备进行数据传输,也就是说,图2中的终端设备和网络设备的数量只是举例,在实际应用中,一个网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the scenario shown in FIG. 2 should not limit the application scenario of the embodiment of the present application. In actual applications, it may include multiple network devices and multiple terminal devices. For example, a terminal device can perform data transmission with only one network device, or can perform data transmission with multiple network devices, or a network device can perform data transmission with a terminal device, or can perform data transmission with multiple terminal devices. That is to say, the numbers of terminal devices and network devices in FIG. 2 are only examples. In practical applications, one network device can provide services for multiple terminal devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.

下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings.

请参考图3,为本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法的流程图,在下文的介绍过程中,以将该方法应用于图2所示的场景为例。该方法的流程描述如下。Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a flowchart of the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2 as an example. The flow of this method is described as follows.

S31、网络设备向终端设备发送DRX配置信息,则终端设备可以接收到网络设备发送的该DRX配置信息。S31. The network device sends DRX configuration information to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the DRX configuration information sent by the network device.

网络设备在无线资源配置过程中,可以向终端设备发送DRX配置消息。该DRX配置信息中可以包括为终端设备配置的DRX模式下的各种计时器的初始值,DRX模式下的计时器可以包括drx-on duration timer、drx-inactivity timer、drx-HARQ RTT timerDL、drx-HARQ RTT timerUL、drx-retransmission timerDL、drx-retransmission timerUL、drx-long cycle timer、drx-short cycle timer中的至少一种,当然,该DRX配置消息中还可以包括其他内容,在此不一一列举。During the radio resource configuration process, the network device may send a DRX configuration message to the terminal device. The DRX configuration information may include initial values of various timers configured in the DRX mode for the terminal device, and the timers in the DRX mode may include drx-on duration, drx-inactivity timer, drx-HARQRTT timerDL, drx -At least one of HARQ RTT timerUL, drx-retransmission timerDL, drx-retransmission timerUL, drx-long cycle timer, drx-short cycle timer, of course, the DRX configuration message may also include other content, which is not one by one Enumeration.

drx-on duration timer和drx-inactivity timer在前文已经介绍,此处就不再重复说明了,对于其它的计时器由于本申请实施例不主要涉及,所以这里只简单介绍。其中,drx-long cycle timer和drx-short cycle timer分别指DRX机制的DRX长周期和DRX短周期的生命周期。drx-HARQ RTT timerUL可以称作上行混合自动重传请求往返时间计时器,drx-HARQ RTT timerUL的计时时长指示上行重传调度之前需要等待的时长。drx-HARQ RTT timerDL可以称作下行混合自动重传请求往返时间计时器,drx-HARQ RTT timerDL的计时时长指示下行重传调度之前需要等待的时长。drx-retransmission timerUL可以称作上行重传计时器,drx-retransmission timerUL的计时时长指示在上行数据重传接收之前,网络设备检测下行控制信道的时长。rx-retransmission timerDL可以称作下行重传计时器,drx-retransmission timerDL的计时时长指示在下行数据重传接收之前,终端设备检测下行控制信道的时长。请参见图4a所示,图4a示出了drx-HARQ RTT timerDL与drx-retransmission timerDL之间的关系,可见,drx-HARQ RTT timerDL是从终端设备发送HARQ-ACK的最后一个符号之 后开始计时,待其计时结束之后,如果终端设备发送的是否定应答NACK,则drx-retransmission timerDL开始计时。其中,所述drx-HARQ RTT timerDL、所述drx-retransmission timerDL、所述NACK、以及图中的调度重传的物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)都对应同一个下行HARQ进程。The drx-on duration and drx-inactivity timer have been introduced in the foregoing, and will not be repeated here. For other timers, since the embodiments of this application are not mainly involved, they are only briefly introduced here. Among them, drx-long cycle and drx-short cycle timer refer to the life cycle of DRX long cycle and DRX short cycle of DRX mechanism, respectively. drx-HARQRTT timerUL can be called the uplink hybrid automatic retransmission request round-trip time timer. The timing of drx-HARQRTT timerUL indicates the length of time to wait before uplink retransmission scheduling. drx-HARQRTT timerDL can be called a downlink hybrid automatic repeat request round-trip time timer. The timing of drx-HARQRTT timerDL indicates the length of time to wait before downlink retransmission scheduling. The drx-retransmission timer UL may be called an uplink retransmission timer. The timing duration of the drx-retransmission timer UL indicates the length of time the network device detects the downlink control channel before the uplink data retransmission is received. The rx-retransmission timerDL may be called a downlink retransmission timer, and the timing duration of the drx-retransmission timerDL indicates the length of time the terminal device detects the downlink control channel before the downlink data retransmission is received. Please refer to Fig. 4a, which shows the relationship between drx-HARQRTT timerDL and drx-retransmission timerDL, it can be seen that drx-HARQRTT timerDL starts timing after the last symbol of HARQ-ACK is sent from the terminal device, After the timing is over, if the terminal device sends a negative response NACK, drx-retransmission timerDL starts timing. Wherein, the drx-HARQ RTT timerDL, the drx-retransmission timerDL, the NACK, and the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of the scheduled retransmission in the figure all correspond to the same downlink HARQ process.

S32、终端设备根据接收的DRX配置信息,启动DRX模式。S32. The terminal device starts the DRX mode according to the received DRX configuration information.

当终端设备接收网络设备发送的DRX配置消息后,则可以启动DRX模式,进而按照配置的DRX周期进行周期性的唤醒和进入睡眠,以节省能耗。具体来讲,若终端设备通过网络设备发送的DRX配置信息,确定网络设备为终端设备配置了DRX长周期和DRX短周期,或者网络设备仅为终端设备配置了DRX长周期,则终端设备可以进入DRX长周期中;若终端设备确定网络设备仅为终端设备配置了DRX短周期,则终端设备可以进入DRX短周期中,在此不作限制。当终端设备进入DRX长周期或DRX短周期后,则按照DRX配置进入睡眠状态或唤醒状态,在唤醒状态检测PDCCH以确保数据正确传输,在睡眠状态停止PDCCH的检测以减少功耗,节约电量。After the terminal device receives the DRX configuration message sent by the network device, it can start the DRX mode, and then periodically wake up and go to sleep according to the configured DRX cycle to save energy consumption. Specifically, if the terminal device determines that the network device is configured with the DRX long cycle and DRX short cycle for the terminal device through the DRX configuration information sent by the network device, or the network device is configured with the DRX long cycle only for the terminal device, the terminal device can enter In the DRX long cycle; if the terminal device determines that the network device is configured with only the DRX short cycle for the terminal device, the terminal device can enter the DRX short cycle, without limitation. When the terminal device enters the long DRX cycle or the short DRX cycle, it enters the sleep state or wake-up state according to the DRX configuration, detects the PDCCH in the wake-up state to ensure the correct transmission of data, and stops the detection of the PDCCH in the sleep state to reduce power consumption and save power.

S33、网络设备确定第一DCI,该第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中的第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,第二指示信息用于指示DRX的inactivity timer的操作方式。S33. The network device determines the first DCI. The first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of DRX. .

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的第一DCI可以是一类DCI的泛指,而并不仅仅限定是某一个DCI,该一类DCI中均可以携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息。即,与第一DCI具有同一特性的DCI均可以理解为是本申请实施例中的第一DCI,这里所说的同一特性可以理解为是携带有第一指示信息和第二指示信息。It should be noted that the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application may be a general term of a type of DCI, and is not limited to a certain DCI. The first type of DCI may carry the first indication information and the second indication information. . That is, all DCIs having the same characteristics as the first DCI can be understood as the first DCI in the embodiments of the present application, and the same characteristics mentioned here can be understood as carrying the first indication information and the second indication information.

本申请实施例中的第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,这里所说的数据传输包括上行数据传输或下行数据传输,以及还可以包括新传数据或重传数据,其中的新传数据还可以称作初传数据,也就是说,第一指示信息用于指示数据传输可以是指示上行数据的新传或重传,或者可以是指示下行数据的新传或重传。例如,第一指示信息是通过第一DCI中的NDI字段承载的,当第一DCI中的NDI与第一DCI的前一个DCI中的NDI的取值不同时,即在NDI发生翻转时则指示新传数据,若NDI未发生翻转则指示重传数据,换言之,第一DCI是用于指示新传数据或重传数据的DCI,第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。在其他的一些理解方式中,例如还可以将“第一指示信息用于指示数据传输”理解为是第一指示信息用于指示传输数据所需要的传输资源,或者还可以理解为是第一指示信息用于指示在调度的传输资源上进行数据传输,也就是说,网络设备可以通过第一DCI中的第一指示信息指示需要进行数据传输,并且指示了需要进行传输的数据在进行数据传输时可使用的数据传输资源。可见,通过第一指示信息可以表明第一DCI是用于指示数据传输的DCI。The first indication information in the embodiment of the present application is used to indicate data transmission. The data transmission here includes uplink data transmission or downlink data transmission, and may also include newly transmitted data or retransmitted data, where the newly transmitted data may also be It is called initial transmission data, that is, the first indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission may be a new transmission or retransmission indicating uplink data, or may be a new transmission or retransmission indicating downlink data. For example, the first indication information is carried through the NDI field in the first DCI. When the value of the NDI in the first DCI is different from the NDI in the previous DCI of the first DCI, that is, it indicates when the NDI rolls over The newly transmitted data indicates retransmission of data if the NDI does not flip. In other words, the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate newly transmitted data or retransmitted data, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmitted data or retransmitted data. In some other ways of understanding, for example, the "first indication information is used to indicate data transmission" can also be understood as the first indication information used to indicate the transmission resource required to transmit the data, or can also be understood as the first indication The information is used to indicate that data transmission is performed on the scheduled transmission resources, that is, the network device may indicate that data transmission is required through the first indication information in the first DCI, and indicates that the data that needs to be transmitted is transmitted during data transmission Available data transmission resources. It can be seen that the first indication information may indicate that the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate data transmission.

本申请实施例中,第一DCI的格式例如可以是格式0_0(format 0_0)、格式0_1(format 0_1)、格式1_0(format 1_0)、格式1_1(format 1_1)或其它可能格式的DCI,即,第一DCI的格式可以为format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种。在第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,第一DCI的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)比特由小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)或配置调度无线网络临时标识(configured scheduling RNTI,CS-RNTI)加扰。在第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI 或半永久性信道状态信息无线网络临时标识(semi-persistent channel state information RNTI,SP-CSI-RNTI)加扰。因为上述格式的DCI是用于指示上行或下行数据调度的,因此适合用来同时通过第二信息来显性指示所述上行或下行数据调度是否开启或重启inactivity timer计时;而之所以只用上述的加扰RNTI所对应的上述DCI格式来发送第二指示信息,是因为这些相应的RNTI受到DRX的PDCCH检测规定所控制的,而其他RNTI加扰的上述DCI格式不受到DRX的PDCCH检测规定所限制,没有必要引入额外的字段开销。通过配置如前列举的加扰方式,可以尽可能地减小DCI开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the format of the first DCI may be, for example, format 0_0 (format 0_0), format 0_1 (format 0_1), format 1_0 (format 1_0), format 1_1 (format 1_1), or other possible formats of DCI, that is, The format of the first DCI may be any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1. When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits of the first DCI are temporarily identified by the cell radio network (cell radio network temporary identifier, C-RNTI) ) Or configure a scheduled wireless network temporary identifier (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI) scrambling. When the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are identified by C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or semi-persistent channel state information wireless network temporary identification (semi-persistent channel state information RNTI, SP-CSI-RNTI) Scrambling. Since the DCI in the above format is used to indicate the uplink or downlink data scheduling, it is suitable for simultaneously indicating through the second information whether the uplink or downlink data scheduling is turned on or restarted inactivity timer; The second indication information is sent by scrambling the DCI format corresponding to the RNTI, because these corresponding RNTIs are controlled by the DRX PDCCH detection regulations, while the scrambled DCI formats of other RNTIs are not subject to the DRX PDCCH detection regulations. Restrictions, there is no need to introduce additional field overhead. By configuring the scrambling methods listed above, the DCI overhead can be reduced as much as possible.

本申请实施例中的第二指示信息用于指示DRX的inactivity timer的操作方式,其中,DRX的inactivity timer就是指前述介绍过的drx-inactivity timer,为了便于描述,后文中就直接以inactivity timer表示DRX的inactivity timer和drx-inactivity timer进行相关介绍。The second indication information in the embodiment of the present application is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of DRX, where the inactivity timer of DRX refers to the drx-inactivity timer described above. For convenience of description, the following will be directly expressed as inactivity timer DRX's inactivity timer and drx-inactivity timer are introduced.

inactivity timer的操作方式可以理解为是inactivity timer的计时操作方式,或者可以理解为是inactivity timer的工作模式,或者可以理解为是inactivity timer的计时模式等,无论是何种理解方式,inactivity timer的不同的操作方式可以对应计时器的不同计时操作,为了便于理解,以下结合图4对inactivity timer的操作方式进行说明。The operation mode of inactivity timer can be understood as the timing operation mode of inactivity timer, or can be understood as the working mode of inactivity timer, or can be understood as the timing mode of inactivity timer, etc., regardless of the way of understanding, the difference of inactivity timer The operation mode can correspond to different timing operations of the timer. For ease of understanding, the operation mode of the inactivity timer will be described below in conjunction with FIG. 4.

请参见图4所示的inactivity timer的计时进度条的示意图,空白的矩形框的总长度表示inactivity timer的计时总值,假设从空白的矩形框的左侧(即0所指示的位置)开始计时,开始计时的计时值称作计时起始值,黑色的矩形框的总长度表示已计时值。Please refer to the schematic diagram of the timing progress bar of inactivity timer shown in FIG. 4. The total length of the blank rectangular frame represents the total value of the timing of the inactivity timer. It is assumed that the timing starts from the left side of the blank rectangular frame (that is, the position indicated by 0). The timing value at which the timing starts is called the timing start value, and the total length of the black rectangular frame indicates the timed value.

其中,inactivity timer的计时总值又称作inactivity timer值或者inactivity timer的计时时长或者inactivity timer的时长或者inactivity timer的值,inactivity timer的计时总值表示inactivity timer的最大计时值,在计时达到计时总值时就表明inactivity timer计时计满。inactivity timer的已计时值表示当前已经计时的值,一般来说,inactivity timer的已计时值是小于或等于inactivity timer的计时总值的。在inactivity timer的计时过程中,计时进度条会动态发生变化,例如按照如图4中所示的从计时起始值的方向朝着计时总值的方向逐渐增长,对应的,已计时值也就随着计时进度条的增长而逐渐增加,也就是说,通过计时进度条的变化可以表征已计时值。如图4中所示,假设inactivity timer的计时总值是80ms,即inactivity timer在计时满80后就计满了,inactivity timer当前的已计时值为38ms,或者再例如图5所示的,inactivity timer的计时总值仍然是80ms,但是当前的已计时值为0,表明inactivity timer当前并未开始计时,或者正要开始计时。Among them, the total timing value of inactivity timer is also called inactivity timer value or inactivity timer duration or inactivity timer duration or inactivity timer value. The total inactivity timer value represents the maximum timing value of inactivity timer. The value indicates that the inactivity timer has expired. The timed value of inactivity timer means the value that has been timed. Generally speaking, the timed value of inactivity timer is less than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer. During the timing of the inactivity timer, the timing progress bar will dynamically change. For example, it gradually increases from the direction of the timing start value to the direction of the total timing value as shown in FIG. 4. Correspondingly, the timed value As the timing progress bar increases, it gradually increases, that is, the timing value can be characterized by the change of the timing progress bar. As shown in FIG. 4, suppose that the total value of inactivity timer is 80ms, that is, inactivity timer is full after the timer is over 80, and the current time value of inactivity timer is 38ms, or another example is shown in FIG. 5, inactivity The total timer value is still 80ms, but the current value is 0, indicating that the inactivity timer is not currently timing, or is about to start timing.

在本申请实施例中,inactivity timer可以包括开启、停止(stop)、重置计时、继续计时这四种操作方式,换言之,inactivity timer的操作方式可以包括开启计时、重置计时、继续计时和停止计时中的任意一种。以下对inactivity timer的几种操作方式详细说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the inactivity timer may include four operation modes: start, stop, reset timing, and continue timing. In other words, the operation mode of the inactivity timer may include start timing, reset timing, continue timing, and stop. Any of the timings. The following is a detailed description of several operation modes of inactivity timer.

对于开启计时这种操作方式,是指启动inactivity timer以开始计时,在执行开启操作之前,inactivity timer并未处于计时状态,例如inactivity timer在还未启动时,通过开启计时的操作方式即可启动该inactivity timer,以触发inactivity timer进行计时,以图5为例,由于图5中的inactivity timer当前还并没有开始计时,此时执行开启计时的操作之后,inactivity timer则可以从计时起始值开始计时,即从0开始计时。通过开启计时的操作方式,可以及时地启动inactivity timer进行计时,以便于尽量延长终端设备的active状态的持续时长,以确保数据的完整传输。例如,可以在接近on duration的接近结束时刻的时刻通过用于指示数据传输的DCI再指示inactivity timer的开启,这样可以拖长active状态的持续时长,以使得终端设备能够在拖长的active状态内及时的完成数据传输,以减少数据时延。For the operation method of starting the timer, it means that the inactivity timer is started to start the timing. Before the start operation is performed, the inactivity timer is not in the timing state. For example, when the inactivity timer has not been started, the operation method can be started by turning on the timer. The inactivity timer triggers the inactivity timer to perform timing. Taking FIG. 5 as an example, since the inactivity timer in FIG. 5 has not yet started timing, the inactivity timer can start timing from the timing start value after performing the operation of starting timing at this time. , Starting from 0. By enabling the timing operation mode, you can start the inactivity timer in time to facilitate the timing of the active state of the terminal device as much as possible to ensure the complete transmission of data. For example, it is possible to indicate the start of the inactivity timer through the DCI for instructing data transmission at the time close to the end time of onduration, which can prolong the duration of the active state, so that the terminal device can be in the prolonged active state Complete data transmission in time to reduce data delay.

对于停止计时这种操作方式,是指使得正在计时的inactivity timer停止计时,在停止计时之后,inactivity timer不再计时。例如图4所示,inactivity timer当前正在计时并且当前的已计时值为第38ms,若在此刻停止计时的话,那么就可以理解为终止inactivity timer的计时,在终止计时之后,inactivity timer直接表明已经计时计满,继续以图4为例,若在当前的已计时值为38ms时进行停止计时的操作,在停止计时之后,inactivity timer的已计时值就可以认为直接从38ms调整成了80ms,即已经计时计满,在计时计满时,自然inactivity timer也就不会再计时,即结束inactivity timer的计时,以便于能够提前尽快地进入到睡眠模式。或者另外一种理解方式,在停止计时之后,inactivity timer就保留当前的已计时值不再计时,直到再接收到其它的指示。网络设备可以在没有数据需要传输或者只有极少数的数据需要传输时,通过指示停止的操作方式提前终端设备进入off状态的时间,以尽量降低设备功耗,节约电量。For the operation method of stopping timing, it means that the inactivity timer that is timing is stopped. After the timer is stopped, the inactivity timer is no longer timing. For example, as shown in Figure 4, the inactivity timer is currently timing and the current counted value is the 38th ms. If the timing is stopped at this moment, it can be understood as terminating the timing of the inactivity timer. After the timing is terminated, the inactivity timer directly indicates that the timer has been timed When it is full, continue to take Figure 4 as an example. If the operation is stopped when the current timed value is 38ms, after the time is stopped, the timed value of the inactivity timer can be considered to be adjusted directly from 38ms to 80ms, which is already The timer counts up. When the timer counts up, naturally the inactivity timer will not count again, that is, the timing of the inactivity timer ends, so that the sleep mode can be entered as soon as possible. Or another way of understanding, after stopping the timing, the inactivity timer keeps the current counted value and no longer counts until it receives other instructions. The network device can advance the time when the terminal device enters the off state by indicating the stop operation mode when there is no data to transmit or only a very small amount of data to transmit, so as to reduce device power consumption and save power as much as possible.

对于重置计时这种操作方式,是指将当前的已计时值清除并从计时起始值重新开始计时,继续以图4为例,若在当前的已计时值为38ms时进行重置计时的操作,首先需要对38ms的已计时值清除,在清除之后inactivity timer的已计时值重置为了计时起始值,即0,然后再从0开始重新开始计时。通过重置后再重新计时,相当于是在一定程度上拖长了active状态的持续时长,例如网络设备在还有较多数据需要传输时,为了确保在当前DRX周期内能够尽量将这些数据传输完,则可以通过重置计时的方式以尽量延后off状态的开始时间,确保数据的完整、及时的传输。For the operation method of resetting the timing, it means to clear the current counted value and restart the timing from the starting value of the timing. Continue to take Figure 4 as an example. If the current timing value is 38ms, the reset timing is reset. To operate, you need to clear the timed value of 38ms first. After the time is cleared, the timed value of inactivity timer is reset to the starting value of time, that is, 0, and then start timing again from 0. Re-timing after resetting is equivalent to prolonging the duration of the active state to a certain extent. For example, when there is more data to be transmitted by the network device, in order to ensure that the data can be transmitted as much as possible in the current DRX cycle , You can delay the start time of the off state as much as possible by resetting the timing to ensure the complete and timely transmission of data.

对于继续计时这种操作方式,是指在当前的已计时值的基础继续进行计时,继续以图4为例,若在当前的已计时值为38ms时进行继续计时的操作,那么在进行继续计时的操作之后,inactivity timer则可以继续计时,所以下一个已计时值就为39ms。For the operation mode of continuous timing, it means to continue timing based on the current timed value. Continue to take FIG. 4 as an example. If the continuous timing operation is performed when the current timed value is 38ms, then the continuous timing is performed. After the operation, the inactivity timer can continue to time, so the next timed value is 39ms.

也就是说,网络设备可以根据当前实际需要传输的数据量来合理、动态地控制终端设备中的inactivity timer的操作方式,这样可以尽量在数据调度的灵活性和终端设备的功耗之间进行适当的平衡,以自适应数据的传输特征。That is to say, the network device can reasonably and dynamically control the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the terminal device according to the current actual amount of data to be transmitted, so that the flexibility between data scheduling and the power consumption of the terminal device can be appropriately adjusted The balance to adaptive data transmission characteristics.

一种可能的实施方式是,网络设备可以对终端设备的上行或下行传输估计一个平均每时间单元可调度传输的包大小,例如是:

Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000001
比特,然后考虑终端设备剩余的active time内可调度的数据量大小为:
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000002
剩余的active time,可调度的数据量大小可以表征剩下的时间还能传输的数据的能力。网络设备考虑将上述估计的剩余active time内可调度的数据量大小,与缓存中的数据量大小相比较,其中,对于下行,缓存内的数据量大小是网络设备已知的,而对于上行,缓存内的数据量大小可以由终端设备已经通过缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR)的媒介接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层的控制单元(control element,CE)上报给网络设备了。 A possible implementation manner is that the network device may estimate an average packet size of a schedulable transmission per time unit for uplink or downlink transmission of the terminal device, for example:
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000001
Bits, and then consider the amount of data that can be scheduled within the remaining active time of the terminal device is:
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000002
For the remaining active time, the size of the data that can be scheduled can characterize the ability of the data that can be transmitted in the remaining time. The network device considers comparing the size of the data schedulable in the remaining active time estimated above with the size of the data in the cache, where, for the downlink, the size of the data in the cache is known to the network device, while for the uplink, The amount of data in the cache can be reported to the network device by the terminal device through a medium access control (MAC) control element (control element, CE) of the buffer status report (BSR).

如果

Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000003
剩余的active time≥缓存中的数据量,则可以在第一DCI指示调度新传数据时,通过第一DCI再显性指示终端设备的inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时,或者,指示终端设备启动一个小于剩余active time的计时总值。 in case
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000003
The remaining active time ≥ the amount of data in the cache, when the first DCI indicates to schedule new transmission data, the first DCI can be used to explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device to continue timing, or to instruct the terminal device to start A total time value less than the remaining active time.

如果

Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000004
剩余的active time<缓存中的数据量,则可以在第一DCI指示调度新传数据时,通过第一DCI再显性指示终端设备的inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时。 in case
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000004
The remaining active time <the amount of data in the buffer, when the first DCI indicates scheduling of new transmission data, the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device through the first DCI re-explicit is to start timing or reset timing.

此外,网络设备还可以预测未来一段时间内下行缓存或上行缓存内的新数据达到量,将

Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000005
剩余的active time与(缓存中的数据量+预测的新数据到达量)进行比较,以终端 设备的inactivity timer的操作方式,或者指示多大的计时总值。 In addition, the network device can also predict the amount of new data in the downstream buffer or upstream buffer in a period of time in the future.
Figure PCTCN2019115161-appb-000005
The remaining active time is compared with (the amount of data in the buffer + the predicted amount of new data arrival) in terms of the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device, or indicating the total value of the timing.

也就是说,网络设备可以根据当前网络拥塞的拥塞状况以及负载情况等因素来动态的指示终端设备的inactivity timer的操作方式以及其它与inactivity timer相关的参数(例如计时总值和已计时值),从而可以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,还可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗。In other words, the network device can dynamically indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer of the terminal device and other parameters related to the inactivity timer (such as the total time value and the timed value) according to factors such as the current network congestion and load conditions, Therefore, it is possible to balance the scheduling flexibility and the power consumption between the terminal devices as much as possible, and on the premise of ensuring timely and effective data transmission, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible.

上述举例说明的四种操作方式,其中的开启计时、重置计时和继续计时三种操作方式,在进行相应操作之后inactivity timer均会继续计时,直至计时计满,而在进行停止计时的操作之后,inactivity timer就会结束计时,即不再计时了,从这点来考虑,可以将inactivity timer的操作方式大致划分为触发结束计时和触发计时两类。可以理解的是,上述举例的四种操作方式只是对inactivity timer的操作方式进行的示意性的说明,在具体实施过程中,基于前述的触发结束计时和触发计时的两类操作方式的指导,还可以提出其它的操作方式,此处就不再一一说明了。The four operation modes described in the above examples include the three operation modes of opening timer, resetting timer and continuing timer. After the corresponding operation, the inactivity timer will continue to count until the timer expires, and after the operation to stop the timer , The inactivity timer will end timing, that is, no longer count, from this point of view, the operation mode of inactivity timer can be roughly divided into trigger end timing and trigger timing. It can be understood that the four operation modes exemplified above are only schematic illustrations of the operation modes of the inactivity timer. In the specific implementation process, based on the guidance of the above two types of operation modes of trigger end timing and trigger timing, Other methods of operation can be proposed, which will not be described here one by one.

另外,在具体实施过程中,第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以通过第一DCI中的不同字段指示,例如第一指示信息通过第一DCI中的NDI字段指示,而第二指示信息可以通过不同于NDI的其它字段指示,这里的其它字段例如是在现有的DCI格式中不同于NDI字段的其它任一字段或者其它多个字段中的可用比特所联合指示而组成的字段,或者其它字段也可以是在现有的DCI格式基础上新增加的一个字段,等等,本申请实施例对于承载第一指示信息和第二指示信息的字段不做限制。In addition, in the specific implementation process, the first indication information and the second indication information may be indicated by different fields in the first DCI, for example, the first indication information is indicated by the NDI field in the first DCI, and the second indication information may be indicated by Other field indications different from NDI. The other fields here are, for example, the fields composed of the joint indication of the available bits in any other field or other fields in the existing DCI format, or other fields. It may also be a newly added field based on the existing DCI format, and so on. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the fields carrying the first indication information and the second indication information.

其中,对于其它字段是在现有的DCI格式基础上新增加的一个字段的实现方式,例如可以新增1比特,当该新增的1比特的取值为1时,例如可以指示开启计时或继续计时,当该新增的1比特的取值为0时,例如可以指示重置计时。对于取值为1的情形,如果第一DCI中该新增的1比特的取值为1,终端设备可以根据当前inactivity timer的计时状态来确定对应的计时方式,例如,若当前的inactivity timer未计时(例如还未启动)则可以执行开启计时的操作,若当前的inactivity timer正在计时,则可以执行继续计时的操作。Among them, the other field is an implementation method of a field newly added based on the existing DCI format, for example, 1 bit may be added, and when the value of the newly added 1 bit is 1, for example, it may indicate to start timing or Continuing the timing, when the value of the newly added 1 bit is 0, for example, it may instruct to reset the timing. For the case where the value is 1, if the value of the newly added 1 bit in the first DCI is 1, the terminal device can determine the corresponding timing mode according to the current inactivity timer status, for example, if the current inactivity timer is not Timing (for example, not yet started) can perform the operation of starting the timing, and if the current inactivity timer is timing, the operation of continuing the timing can be performed.

对于其它字段是在现有的DCI格式基础上新增加的一个字段的实现方式,例如可以新增2比特,通过该新增的2比特的不同取值可以对应指示一种操作方式,例如,以00指示停止计时,以01指示开启计时或者重置计时且计时时长为第一时长,以10指示开启计时或者重置计时且计时时长为第二时长,以11指示继续计时,或者还可以采用其它的不同的值指示不同的操作方式的指示方式,这里不再举其它例子了。For other fields, a new field is added based on the existing DCI format, for example, 2 bits can be added, and the different values of the added 2 bits can be used to indicate an operation mode, for example, to 00 indicates stop timing, 01 indicates to start timing or reset timing and the duration is the first duration, 10 indicates to start timing or reset timing and the timing duration is the second duration, 11 indicates to continue timing, or other Different values indicate different operation modes, and no other examples are given here.

在另外一种实施方式中,还可以通过新增加的1个比特和其它现有的字段中的1比特来联合指示inactivity timer的操作方式,而联合指示的方式就是以新增加的1个比特和现有的1比特所组合成的00、01、10、11这4个不同的取值来分别对应指示一种操作方式。对于选择的现有的字段中的1比特具体属于哪个字段不做限制,确保选择的现有的1比特尽量不影响该现有的1比特所在的字段原本所指示的信息的指示。In another embodiment, the operation mode of inactivity timer can be jointly indicated by the newly added 1 bit and 1 bit in other existing fields, and the way of joint indication is to use the newly added 1 bit and The four different values of 00, 01, 10, and 11 combined by the existing 1 bit respectively indicate an operation mode. There is no restriction on which field the 1 bit of the selected existing field belongs to, and it is ensured that the selected existing 1 bit does not affect the indication of the information originally indicated by the field where the existing 1 bit is located.

本申请实施例中,在第一DCI中,可以根据用于承载第二指示信息的字段是否发生翻转来指示inactivity timer的操作方式,这里所说的翻转,是指该字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI中的该字段的取值相比是否发生变化,举例来说是指是否由0变成了1或者是否由1变成了0。例如在现有的DCI格式的基础上新增加1个字段,在通过该新增字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值是否相同来对inactivity timer的操作方式进行指示。In the embodiment of the present application, in the first DCI, the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be indicated according to whether the field used to carry the second indication information is flipped, and the flipped here refers to the value of the field and the first Whether the value of this field in the previous DCI of the DCI has changed compared to, for example, whether it has changed from 0 to 1 or whether it has changed from 1 to 0. For example, a new field is added on the basis of the existing DCI format, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer is indicated by whether the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI.

在一种可能的实施方式中,若新增字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值相同, 则第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以为继续计时,若两者的取值不同,则指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以为开启计时或者重置计时。In a possible implementation manner, if the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI, the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information may be to continue timing, if both If the value is different, the operation mode of the indicated inactivity timer can be to start the timer or reset the timer.

在另一种可能的实施方式中,若新增字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值相同,则第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以为开启计时或者重置计时,若两者的取值不同,则指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以为继续计时。In another possible implementation manner, if the value of the newly added field is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI, the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information may be to start the timer or reset the timer If the values of the two are different, the operation mode of the indicated inactivity timer can be continued timing.

如上,通过新增字段的翻转情况可以指示不同的操作方式,以上指示对一些指示进行举例说明,在具体实施过程中,还可以在翻转时指示其它不同于以上举例的操作方式,以及在未翻转时也可以再指示其它不同于以上举例的操作方式。As above, different operation modes can be indicated by the inversion of the newly added field. The above instructions illustrate some of the instructions. In the specific implementation process, other operation modes that are different from the above examples can also be indicated during inversion, and in the case of non-inversion It can also indicate other operation modes different from the above example.

进一步地,对于上述介绍的通过承载第二指示信息的字段是否发生翻转来指示inactivity timer的操作方式的方案,可以设置翻转间隔,这里所说的翻转间隔,是指用于承载第二指示信息的字段的取值间隔多少个DCI后发生翻转,也可以是指该字段的相同取值在连续传输的读个DCI中重复传输的次数,例如,对于连续传输的且包括第一DCI在内的多个DCI,按照传输时间的先后,这多个DCI中的用于承载第二指示信息的字段的取值依次是111000111000,其中每个取值都表示的是第一DCI中用于承载第二指示信息的字段的取值,可见,是每间隔3个DCI就翻转一次,所以可以认为其翻转间隔是3,或者另外一种理解方式,由于是每3个DCI就翻转一次,所以可以认为其连续重复发送的次数是3,在具体实施过程中可以采用不同的表述方式,本申请实施例不做限制。Further, for the above-mentioned scheme for indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer by indicating whether the field carrying the second indication information is inverted, an inversion interval may be set, and the inversion interval referred to here refers to the information used to carry the second indication information. The number of intervals between the values of the field and the number of DCIs that have been flipped, can also refer to the number of repeated transmissions of the same value of this field in consecutively transmitted read DCIs, for example, for continuous transmission and including the first DCI DCIs, according to the order of transmission time, the values of the fields used to carry the second indication information in the multiple DCIs are 111000111000 in sequence, where each value represents the first DCI used to carry the second indication The value of the information field can be seen that it is flipped every 3 DCI intervals, so it can be considered that the flip interval is 3, or another way of understanding, because it is flipped once every 3 DCIs, it can be considered continuous The number of repeated transmissions is 3, and different expressions can be used in the specific implementation process, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在本申请实施例中,可以将翻转间隔设置为大于或者等于2,例如可以设置为2或3或4或者其它值,也就是数,对于连续传输的且包括第一DCI的多个DCI,与第一DCI中的用于承载第二指示信息的字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数需要大于或等于预定阈值,而该预定阈值就是指设置的翻转间隔。通过以预定阈值设置翻转间隔的方式,可以防止某些在出现PDCCH漏检导致漏接第一DCI的情况下,终端设备仍然对第二信息是否翻转的判断不会出错。例如,用于承载第二指示信息的字段的取值依次是111000111000,由于PDCCH漏检导致中间的一个0被漏检,导致终端设备接收到的取值依次是11100111000,但该情况不会影响终端设备对第二信息是否翻转的判断,因此不会影响inactivity timer的启动计时或重置计时。In the embodiment of the present application, the rollover interval may be set to be greater than or equal to 2, for example, may be set to 2 or 3 or 4 or other values, that is, numbers. For multiple DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, and The number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value of the field for carrying the second indication information in the first DCI needs to be greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined threshold refers to the set flip interval. By setting the inversion interval at a predetermined threshold, it can be prevented that the terminal device still does not make an error in determining whether the second information is inversion when the PDCCH miss detection causes the first DCI to be missed. For example, the value of the field used to carry the second indication information is 111000111000 in sequence, and a middle 0 is missed due to PDCCH miss detection, which causes the value received by the terminal device to be 11100111000 in sequence, but this situation does not affect the terminal The device judges whether the second information is reversed, so it will not affect the start timing or reset timing of the inactivity timer.

如前所述的,可以通过第一DCI中的NDI字段承载第一指示信息,所以第一DCI就可以用于调度新传数据或重传数据。当第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,即第一DCI中的NDI字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值相比不同时,此时的第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以是继续计时或停止计时或开启计时。当第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,即第一DCI中的NDI字段的取值与第一DCI的前一个DCI的取值相比是相同的时,此时的第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式可以是重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。也就是说,在第一DCI中通过NDI字段指示新传数据或者重传数据时,对应的第二指示信息可以显性指示inactivity timer如上述的具体的操作方式,相对于现有的通过NDI隐性的指示inactivity timer启动计时或重置计时的方式,可以提高对inactivity timer的计时操作指示的灵活性,以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗,节约终端设备的电量,提高终端设备的设备续航能力。As described above, the first indication information can be carried through the NDI field in the first DCI, so the first DCI can be used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data. When the first DCI is used to schedule new data transmission, that is, the value of the NDI field in the first DCI is different from the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI, the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information at this time The operation mode can be to continue timing or stop timing or start timing. When the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission data, that is, when the value of the NDI field in the first DCI is the same as the value of the previous DCI of the first DCI, the second indication information at this time indicates The operation mode of inactivity timer can be to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer. That is to say, when the newly transmitted data or the retransmitted data is indicated by the NDI field in the first DCI, the corresponding second indication information can explicitly indicate the specific operation mode of the inactivity timer as described above, compared to the existing Indicative inactivity timer starts timing or resets the timing mode, which can increase the flexibility of the timing operation instruction of inactivity timer, in order to balance between scheduling flexibility and power consumption between terminal devices, to ensure timely data On the premise of effective transmission, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced as much as possible, the power of the terminal device is saved, and the endurance of the device of the terminal device is improved.

无论网络设备通过什么字段来承载第一指示信息和第二指示信息,具体的承载方式可以是网络设备和终端设备已经预先约定好了的,这样的话,当终端设备接收到网络设备发 送的第一DCI之后,就可以进行正确的解读,以实现与网络设备同样的感知,确保信息解析准确。No matter what field the network device uses to carry the first indication information and the second indication information, the specific bearing method may be that the network device and the terminal device have already agreed in advance. In this case, when the terminal device receives the first After DCI, it can be interpreted correctly to achieve the same perception as network devices and ensure accurate information analysis.

通过上述对于第一指示信息和第二指示信息的说明,可知第一DCI是用于指示数据传输的DCI,并且同时还指示了inactivity timer的操作方式,也就是说,相对于现有技术而言,本申请实施例中的DCI可以显性地指示inactivity timer的操作方式,而不是像现有技术中只要接收到用于指示数据调度的DCI就会重启inactivity timer从头再开始计时,通过在用于指示数据传输的DCI中显性指示inactivity timer的操作方式的方案,可以解耦现有技术中的指示数据传输的DCI必然对应重启inactivity timer的隐含指示关系,并且通过inactivity timer的不同的操作方式可以提高调度的灵活性,例如网络设备可以在还需要缓存的数据量减少时指示保持当前计时值而继续计时的操作方式,或者可以在没有继续缓存的数据量时指示停止计时的操作方式,等等,这样可以尽量在调度灵活性和终端设备之间的功耗之间进行平衡,在确保数据及时有效的传输的前提下,还可以尽量的降低终端设备的功耗。Through the above description of the first indication information and the second indication information, it can be known that the first DCI is a DCI used to indicate data transmission, and also indicates the operation mode of the inactivity timer, that is, relative to the prior art The DCI in the embodiments of the present application can explicitly indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer, instead of restarting the inactivity timer as soon as the DCI receives the DCI used to indicate data scheduling as in the prior art. The scheme of indicating the operation mode of the inactivity timer in the DCI indicating data transmission can decouple the DCI in the prior art that indicates data transmission must correspond to the implicit indication relationship of restarting the inactivity timer, and through the different operation modes of the inactivity timer It can improve the flexibility of scheduling. For example, the network device can indicate the operation mode to keep the current timing value and continue the timing when the amount of data that needs to be cached decreases, or it can indicate the operation mode to stop the timing when the amount of cached data is not continued, etc. Etc., so as to maximize the flexibility of scheduling and terminal equipment Balance between power consumption, while ensuring timely and effective data transmission premise may also be possible to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.

S34、网络设备向终端设备发送第一DCI,则终端设备可以接收到网络设备发送的该第一DCI。S34. The network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device, and the terminal device may receive the first DCI sent by the network device.

在具体实施过程中,网络设备可以通过PDCCH发送第一DCI,所以,对于终端设备而言,可以通过检测PDCCH而接收到第一DCI,如其所说的终端设备检测PDCCH,实际上也就可以理解为检测通过PDCCH发送的DCI,例如本申请实施例中的第一DCI。In the specific implementation process, the network device can send the first DCI through the PDCCH, so for the terminal device, the first DCI can be received by detecting the PDCCH. As the terminal device detects the PDCCH, it can actually be understood To detect the DCI transmitted through the PDCCH, for example, the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application.

网络设备可以维护终端设备的inactivity timer的计时,因此可以知晓该终端设备的inactivity timer的实时计时状态,在一种可能的实施方式中,网络设备可以在终端设备处于DRX活跃时间内向终端设备发送第一DCI,其中的DRX活跃时间是指终端设备处于active状态的过程中,即,active状态对应的时长,这样,终端设备可以检测到该第一DCI,而不会出现由于终端设备不检测PDCCH而导致的漏检。在另一种可能的实施方式中,网络设备还可以在drx-HARQ RTT timerDL计时的过程中向终端设备发送第一DCI,这样的话,终端设备可以更快速的检测到冲传的调度,减小重传时延。The network device can maintain the timing of the terminal device's inactivity timer, so it can know the real-time timing status of the terminal device's inactivity timer. In a possible implementation, the network device can send the terminal device the DRX active time to the terminal device. A DCI, where the DRX active time refers to the process in which the terminal device is in the active state, that is, the length of time corresponding to the active state, so that the terminal device can detect the first DCI without the terminal device not detecting the PDCCH. Resulting in missed inspections. In another possible implementation manner, the network device can also send the first DCI to the terminal device during the timing of drx-HARQRTT timerDL, in this way, the terminal device can more quickly detect the scheduling of rush transmission, reducing Retransmission delay.

S35、终端设备根据第一DCI的指示,确定DRX中的inactivity timer的操作方式。S35. The terminal device determines the operation mode of the inactivity timer in DRX according to the instruction of the first DCI.

终端设备在接收网络设备发送的第一DCI之后,首先可以根据第一DCI中携带的第一指示信息确定接收到的DCI是用于指示数据传输的DCI,同时可以通过第一DCI中携带的第二指示信息确定出网络设备指示的inactivity timer的操作方式。After receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device may first determine that the received DCI is the DCI used to indicate data transmission according to the first indication information carried in the first DCI, and at the same time The second instruction information determines the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the network device.

S36、终端设备控制inactivity timer按照第一DCI指示的操作方式执行对应的计时操作。S36. The terminal device controls the inactivity timer to perform the corresponding timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.

在根据第一DCI确定出了网络设备指示的inactivity timer的操作方式之后,则可以根据网络设备的指示对应的调整inactivity timer的操作方式,具体来说,例如就可以控制inactivity timer按照第一DCI指示的操作方式执行对应的计时操作。由于采用来的是网络设备指示的操作方式进行计时操作,所以inactivity timer的计时模式能够尽量符合网络设备的期望,因为网络设备是依据实际需要调度的数据缓存量来进行的动态的、适配的指示,所以能够尽量地满足数据的及时传输以及设备功耗的要求,以尽量实现两者之间的动态平衡,在满足数据及时传输需求的前提下,进一步地尽量地降低终端设备的功耗。After determining the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the network device according to the first DCI, the operation mode of the inactivity timer can be adjusted according to the instruction of the network device, specifically, for example, the inactivity timer can be controlled according to the first DCI instruction The operation mode performs the corresponding timing operation. Since the operation mode indicated by the network device is used for timing operation, the timing mode of the inactivity timer can meet the expectations of the network device as much as possible, because the network device is dynamically and adaptively based on the actual amount of data cache that needs to be scheduled Instructions, so it can meet the requirements of timely data transmission and device power consumption as much as possible to achieve a dynamic balance between the two, and further reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as much as possible on the premise of meeting the timely data transmission requirements.

如前所述,inactivity timer的操作方式可以大致划分为触发结束计时和触发计时两类,触发结束计时的操作方式是触发inactivity timer结束计时的操作,而触发计时的操作是触发inactivity timer开始或继续计时的操作,inactivity timer在执行触发计时的操作之后,则 可以处于计时状态,inactivity timer一旦开始计时,终端设备在inactivity timer计时计满之后才可能进入off状态,而在inactivity timer的计时过程中可能需要传输数据的数据很少,对于终端设备来说,所以没有必要持续的进行inactivity timer计时,因为当前只有较少的数据需要传输,所以无需过久地停留在active状态,此时为了节电的目的,其实是希望尽早地进入off状态的,然而,网络设备在通过第一DCI进行指示时,虽然通过第二指示信息指示inactivity timer的操作方式,终端设备在接收到第一DCI之后,可以根据第一DCI中的第二指示信息的指示明确inactivity timer的操作方式,同时可以根据前述S31中提到的DRX配置信息明确inactivity timer的计时时长(即前述的计时总值),然后再根据指示的操作方式和inactivity timer的计时时长进行相应的技术操作。As mentioned above, the operation mode of inactivity timer can be roughly divided into two types: trigger end timing and trigger timing. The operation mode of trigger end timing is the operation of triggering the inactivity timer, and the operation of triggering the timing is to trigger the inactivity timer to start or continue. In the timing operation, after the inactivity timer executes the operation that triggers the timing, it can be in the timing state. Once the inactivity timer starts timing, the terminal device may enter the off state after the inactivity timer expires, while in the timing of the inactivity timer There is very little data that needs to be transmitted. For the terminal device, there is no need to continuously time the inactivity timer, because there is currently only less data to be transmitted, so there is no need to stay in the active state for a long time. In fact, it is hoped to enter the off state as soon as possible. However, when the network device indicates through the first DCI, although the second indication information indicates the operation mode of inactivity timer, after receiving the first DCI, the terminal device can The indication of the second indication information in a DCI clarifies the operation mode of the inactivity timer, and at the same time, the timing duration of the inactivity timer (that is, the aforementioned total timing value) can be clarified according to the DRX configuration information mentioned in S31, and then the operation according to the instructions Carry out the corresponding technical operation on the timing and duration of inactivity timer.

基于上述指示的计时操作方式,计时inactivity timer的计时操作方式改变了,但是还是按照预先固定配置好的inactivity timer计时时长来计时,这可能与当前的实际计时需求不相符,例如,计时网络设备指示了继续计时,但是由于剩余传输的数据较少,所以希望在传输完数据的前提下尽快的完成计时,即达到计时时满,而按照采用固定配置好的inactivity timer计时时长来继续计时的方式,可能聚集计时计满还有较长一段时间,所以前述的指示方式也只是粗略的调整inactivity timer的计时方式,调整的精度不高。鉴于此,为了更为准确的在数据传输量与设备功耗之间平衡,在通过第一DCI显性指示inactivity timer的操作方式的基础上,还可以同时再对inactivity timer的计时值进行一些明确指示,例如,在当前需要传输的数据较小时,可以通过对inactivity timer的计时值的重新指示以便缩短进入off状态的时间,使得终端设备能够尽快地进入off状态而尽量地节约电量。Based on the above mentioned timing operation mode, the timing inactivity timer operation mode has changed, but the timing is still based on the pre-fixed inactivity timer duration, which may not be consistent with the current actual timing requirements. For example, timing network equipment instructions To continue timing, but because there is less data to be transmitted, I hope to complete the timing as soon as possible after the data is transmitted, that is, when the timing expires, and continue the timing according to the fixed configuration of the inactivity timer duration, It may be a long time before the aggregation timer is full, so the aforementioned indication method is only a rough adjustment of the timing method of inactivity timer, and the accuracy of adjustment is not high. In view of this, in order to more accurately balance the data transmission volume and the power consumption of the device, on the basis of the first DCI explicit indication of the operation mode of the inactivity timer, the timing value of the inactivity timer can also be clarified at the same time Indication, for example, when the current data to be transmitted is small, the time value of the inactivity timer can be re-indicated in order to shorten the time to enter the off state, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible to save power as much as possible.

基于上述考虑,本申请实施例提供两种方式对inactivity timer的计时值进行调整,为了便于理解,以下针对这两种方式分别进行说明。Based on the above considerations, the embodiments of the present application provide two ways to adjust the timing value of the inactivity timer. For ease of understanding, the following describes the two ways separately.

第一种方式The first way

在前述介绍的第一DCI的基础上,第一DCI还可以再携带第三指示信息,即此时的第一DCI同时携带了第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,第一指示信息和第二指示信息在前述已经介绍,第三指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值,即通过第三指示信息指示inactivity timer的inactivity timer值,也就是说,可以通过第三指示信息显性的指示inactivity timer的计时总值需要调整,并且同时指示了需要调整成的计时总值。其中,第三指示信息指示的计时总值可以通过如前所说的时间单元的个数表示。On the basis of the first DCI described above, the first DCI may further carry third indication information, that is, the first DCI at this time also carries the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. The instruction information and the second instruction information have been described above. The third instruction information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, that is, the third instruction information indicates the inactivity timer value of the inactivity timer, that is, the third instruction information can be used. An explicit indication that the total timing value of inactivity timer needs to be adjusted, and at the same time indicates the total timing value that needs to be adjusted. Wherein, the total timing value indicated by the third indication information can be expressed by the number of time units mentioned above.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个计时总值,若只配置了一个计时总值,那么inactivity timer则可以一直使用该计时总值进行计时,即在inactivity timer的使用过程中其计时总值是不会发生改变的,在网络设备和终端设备的通信过程中,网络设备可以通过第一DCI以隐含指示的方式来指示配置的计时总值,此处所说的隐含指示的方式例如就是不直接显性指示,例如第一DCI只携带了第一指示信息和第二指示信息,当终端设备确定第一DCI中只携带了第一指示信息和第二指示信息,即明确了inactivity timer的计时总值,即是网络设备预先配置的计时总值。若配置了多个计时总值,网络设备可以通过第三指示信息显性地进行指示。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure one or more total timing values for the terminal device. If only one total timing value is configured, the inactivity timer may always use the total timing value for timing, that is, in the inactivity timer. The total timing value will not change during use. In the communication process between the network device and the terminal device, the network device can indicate the configured total timing value in the manner of implicit indication through the first DCI. The implicit indication method is, for example, an indirect explicit indication. For example, the first DCI only carries the first indication information and the second indication information. When the terminal device determines that the first DCI only carries the first indication information and the second indication information , That is, the total timing value of inactivity timer is specified, that is, the total timing value pre-configured by the network device. If multiple total timing values are configured, the network device may explicitly indicate it through the third indication information.

例如,如图6A所示,在接收第一DCI之前,inactivity timer当前的已计时值和计时总值分别是38ms和80ms,而通过第一DCI携带的第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式是继续计时,通过第一DCI携带的第三指示信息显性指示的计时总值是60ms,那么在接收到第一DCI之后,终端设备则会在当前的38ms的已计时值的基础上继续计时, 即下一个计时时刻就是39ms,同时还会将inactivity timer的计时总值由之前的80ms调整到60ms,如图6A所示,图6A上面图示的是调整前的inactivity timer的计时示意,图6A下面图示的是根据第一DCI的指示调整后的inactivity timer的计时示意。在调整之后,inactivity time的计时总值由80ms减小到了60ms,经过调整,缩短了到达off状态的时长,这样可以使得终端设备能够尽快地进入off状态,从而达到减少设备功耗的目的。另外,根据实际的计时需要,在某些情形下还可以将inactivity timer的计时总值调大,也就是说,第三指示信息指示的inactivity timer的计时总值可以小于或者大于inactivity timer当前的计时总值,具体是调整的更大或是更小,网络设备可以根据当前实际还需要传输的数据量的决定,从而可以增加调整的灵活性。For example, as shown in FIG. 6A, before receiving the first DCI, the current timed value and total time value of the inactivity timer are 38ms and 80ms, respectively, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI Is to continue timing, the total value of the explicit indication indicated by the third indication information carried by the first DCI is 60ms, then after receiving the first DCI, the terminal device will continue timing based on the current value of 38ms , That is, the next timing is 39ms, and the total value of the inactivity timer will be adjusted from 80ms to 60ms, as shown in Figure 6A. Figure 6A above shows the timing diagram of the inactivity timer before adjustment. 6A The figure below shows the timing diagram of the adjusted inactivity timer according to the instructions of the first DCI. After the adjustment, the total value of the time of inactivity time was reduced from 80ms to 60ms. After adjustment, the length of time to reach the off state was shortened, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, so as to reduce the power consumption of the device. In addition, according to the actual timing requirements, in some cases, the total value of the inactivity timer can be increased, that is, the total value of the inactivity timer indicated by the third indication information can be less than or greater than the current timing of the inactivity timer The total value, specifically, the adjustment is larger or smaller, the network device can make a decision according to the actual amount of data that needs to be transmitted, so that the flexibility of adjustment can be increased.

在一种可能的实施方式中,若第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的已计时值,请参见图6B所示,第三指示信息指示的需要调整成的inactivity timer的计时总值是33ms,小于了inactivity timer当前的已计时值38ms,在此种情况下,终端设备可以认为inactivity timer的计时计满。也就是说,网络设备在指示inactivity timer的计时总值的过程中,若出现一些例如指示的计时总值小于inactivity timer当前的已计时值等逻辑错误的时候,网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定,将这种逻辑错误认为是计时器的计时计满,这样就尽量不会影响inactivity timer的正常使用,采用了该方案后,即使出现如图6B所示的逻辑指示错误,系统也是可以容忍的,终端设备可以根据预先的约定认为inactivity timer已经计时计满,进而计入off状态,通过该方式可以提高系统的容错能力,提高系统可靠性。In a possible implementation manner, if the total timing value indicated by the third indication information is less than the current timed value of the inactivity timer, please refer to FIG. 6B. The total indication timing of the inactivity timer that needs to be adjusted indicated by the third indication information The value is 33ms, which is less than the current timed value of the inactivity timer of 38ms. In this case, the terminal device may consider the inactivity timer to be full. That is to say, during the process of indicating the total timing value of the inactivity timer, if there are some logical errors such as the indicated total timing value being less than the current timed value of the inactivity timer, the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance, Consider this logic error as the timer expires, so as not to affect the normal use of the inactivity timer as much as possible. After using this scheme, even if the logic indication error shown in Figure 6B occurs, the system can tolerate it. The terminal device can think that the inactivity timer has expired according to the pre-agreed, and then counted into the off state, which can improve the fault tolerance of the system and improve the reliability of the system.

因为在通常情况下,应该将第三指示信息指示的计时总值小于或等于inactivity timer的已计时值理解为是一条错误的指示,因为这样的指示是不合乎正常逻辑的,但是如果将其理解为错误逻辑的指示的话可能会导致inactivity timer的运行异常,所以在该方案中,当出现前述的错误逻辑的指示时,可以理解为inactivity timer的计时计满,即,系统可以容忍前述的错误逻辑的指示,这样可以提高系统的容错能力,进而可以确保inactivity timer的正常运行,从而提高系统的可靠性和稳定性。Because under normal circumstances, the total value of the timing indicated by the third indication information should be understood to be an incorrect indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of wrong logic, it may cause abnormal operation of inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the aforementioned indication of error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of inactivity timer is over, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.

在另一种实施方式中,第三指示信息指示的计时总值也可能和inactivity timer当前的计时总值是相同的,在该种情况下,终端设备则可以无需再对inactivity timer的计时总值进行调整。In another embodiment, the total timing value indicated by the third indication information may also be the same as the current total timing value of the inactivity timer. In this case, the terminal device may no longer need to count the total timing value of the inactivity timer. Make adjustments.

在具体实施过程中,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以通过第一DCI中的不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息均可以通过不同的字段进行联合指示,而第二指示信息和第三指示信息进行联合指示的字段可以相同或者也可以不同,这里所说的联合指示可以理解为通过不同字段中的比特进行组合后所表示的值来进行指示;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示还可以通过第一DCI中的同一个字段的取值同时指示,换言之,可以通过一个字段的一个取值同时指示第二指示信息和第三指示信息;或者,第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以通过第一DCI中的同一个字段中的不同比特分别指示,等等。另外,用于指示第二指示信息和第三指示信息的字段可以是复用现有的DCI格式中已有的一些字段,或者也可以是在现有的DCI格式的基础上新增加的一些字段,本申请实施例不做限制。In a specific implementation process, the second indication information and the third indication information may be separately indicated through different fields in the first DCI; or, both the second indication information and the third indication information may be jointly indicated through different fields, and The fields for the joint indication of the second indication information and the third indication information may be the same or different, and the joint indication here may be understood as an indication by the value expressed by combining the bits in different fields; or, the first The second indication information and the third indication can also be indicated simultaneously by the value of the same field in the first DCI, in other words, the second indication information and the third indication information can be indicated simultaneously by one value of a field; or, the second The indication information and the third indication information may be separately indicated by different bits in the same field in the first DCI, and so on. In addition, the fields used to indicate the second indication information and the third indication information may be multiplexing existing fields in the existing DCI format, or may be newly added fields based on the existing DCI format , The embodiment of the present application does not limit.

本申请实施例提供多种对第二指示信息和第三指示信息进行指示的方式,可以提高指示的灵活性,便于根据实际情况灵活使用第一DCI中的字段以及比特,增强方案的适用性。The embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways of indicating the second indication information and the third indication information, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, facilitate the flexible use of the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation, and enhance the applicability of the solution.

第二种方式The second way

在前述介绍的第一DCI的基础上,第一DCI还可以再携带第四指示信息,即此时的第一DCI同时携带了第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第四指示信息,第一指示信息和第二指示信息在前述已经介绍,第四指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的已计时值,也就是说,可以通过第四指示信息显性的指示inactivity timer的已计时值需要调整,并且同时指示了需要调整成的已计时值。其中,第四指示信息指示的已计时值可以通过如前所说的时间单元的个数表示。On the basis of the first DCI described above, the first DCI may further carry fourth indication information, that is, the first DCI at this time also carries the first indication information, the second indication information, and the fourth indication information. The instruction information and the second instruction information have been introduced above. The fourth instruction information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer, that is, the fourth instruction information can be used to explicitly indicate that the timed value of the inactivity timer needs to be adjusted, and It also indicates the timed value that needs to be adjusted. Wherein, the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information can be represented by the number of time units as mentioned above.

在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为终端设备配置多个已计时值,并且通过第四指示信息显性指示当前需要调整inactivity timer的已计时值,第四指示信息指示的已计时值可以是如前介绍的时间单元的个数,例如30ms,或者,第四指示信息指示的已计时值还可以是已计时比例值,该已计时比例值用于指示inactivity timer的计时总值的比例,例如已计时比例值为60%或者1/3或者0.7,在知晓已计时比例值之后,那么对应指示的已计时值可以根据“指示的已计时值=inactivity timer的计时总值*已计时比例值”的计算方式计算得到,另外,由于按照该计算方式计算得到的已计时值可能不是整数,此时可以按照向上或向下取整的方式得到整数的已计时值。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure multiple timed values for the terminal device, and explicitly indicate that the timed value of the inactivity timer needs to be adjusted through the fourth indication information. The timed value indicated by the fourth indication information may be The number of time units as previously introduced, for example, 30ms, or the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information may also be a timed proportional value, which is used to indicate the proportion of the total time value of the inactivity timer, for example The timed proportional value is 60% or 1/3 or 0.7. After knowing the timed proportional value, the corresponding indicated timed value can be based on "indicated timed value = total time value of inactivity timer * timed proportional value" Is calculated by the calculation method of, in addition, since the timed value calculated according to the calculation method may not be an integer, the timed value of the integer may be obtained by rounding up or down at this time.

例如,如图7A所示,在接收第一DCI之前,inactivity timer当前的已计时值和计时总值分别是38ms和80ms,而通过第一DCI携带的第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式是继续计时,通过第一DCI携带的第四指示信息显性指示的已计时值是68ms,那么在接收到第一DCI之后,终端设备则会将当前的已计时值由38ms调整为68ms,然后再从68ms处继续计时,经过调整,缩短了到达off状态的时长,这样可以使得终端设备能够尽快地进入off状态,从而达到减少设备功耗的目的。另外,根据实际的计时需要,在某些情形下还可以将inactivity timer的已计时值调小,也就是说,第四指示信息指示的inactivity timer的计时总值可以大于或者小于inactivity timer当前的已计时值,具体是调整的更大或是更小,网络设备可以根据当前实际还需要传输的数据量的决定,从而增加调整的灵活性。For example, as shown in FIG. 7A, before receiving the first DCI, the current timed value and total time value of the inactivity timer are 38ms and 80ms, respectively, and the operation mode of the inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI Is to continue timing, the timed value explicitly indicated by the fourth indication information carried by the first DCI is 68ms, then after receiving the first DCI, the terminal device will adjust the current timed value from 38ms to 68ms, and then Continue to count from 68ms, after adjustment, shorten the time to reach the off state, so that the terminal device can enter the off state as soon as possible, so as to reduce the power consumption of the device. In addition, according to the actual timing needs, in some cases, the timed value of the inactivity timer can also be reduced, that is to say, the total value of the inactivity timer indicated by the fourth indication information can be greater than or less than the current activity of the inactivity timer. The timing value, specifically, the adjustment is larger or smaller, the network device can make a decision according to the actual amount of data that needs to be transmitted currently, thereby increasing the flexibility of adjustment.

请参见图7B,与前述的6B类似的,当第四指示信息指示的inactivity timer的已计时值84ms大于inactivity timer的计时总值80ms时,即表明inactivity timer的计时计满。在通常情况下,应该是将第四指示信息指示的已计时值大于或等于inactivity timer的计时总值理解为是一条错误的指示,因为这样的指示是不合乎正常逻辑的,但是如果将其理解为错误逻辑的指示的话可能会导致inactivity timer的运行异常,所以在该方案中,当出现前述的错误逻辑的指示时,可以理解为inactivity timer的计时计满,即,系统可以容忍前述的错误逻辑的指示,这样可以提高系统的容错能力,进而可以确保inactivity timer的正常运行,从而提高系统的可靠性和稳定性。Referring to FIG. 7B, similar to the foregoing 6B, when the timed value of the inactivity timer indicated by the fourth indication information is 84ms greater than the total value of the inactivity timer value of 80ms, it indicates that the inactivity timer has expired. Under normal circumstances, it should be understood that the timed value indicated by the fourth indication information is greater than or equal to the total time value of inactivity timer as an erroneous indication, because such an indication is not logical, but if it is understood If it is an indication of error logic, it may cause abnormal operation of the inactivity timer, so in this solution, when the indication of the aforementioned error logic occurs, it can be understood that the timing of the inactivity timer is full, that is, the system can tolerate the aforementioned error logic Instruction, this can improve the fault tolerance of the system, and then can ensure the normal operation of the inactivity timer, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the system.

在另一种实施方式中,第四指示信息指示的计时总值也可能和inactivity timer当前的已计时值是相同的,在该种情况下,终端设备则可以无需再对inactivity timer的已计时值进行调整。In another embodiment, the total timing value indicated by the fourth indication information may also be the same as the current timed value of the inactivity timer. In this case, the terminal device may no longer need to count the timed value of the inactivity timer. Make adjustments.

在具体实施过程中,第二指示信息和第四指示信息可以通过第一DCI中的不同的字段分别指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息均可以通过不同的字段进行联合指示,而第二指示信息和第四指示信息进行联合指示的字段可以相同或者也可以不同,这里所说的联合指示可以理解为通过不同字段中的比特进行组合后所表示的值来进行指示;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示还可以通过第一DCI中的同一个字段的取值同时指示,换言之,可 以通过一个字段的一个取值同时指示第二指示信息和第四指示信息;或者,第二指示信息和第四指示信息可以通过第一DCI中的同一个字段中的不同比特分别指示,等等。另外,用于指示第二指示信息和第四指示信息的字段可以是复用现有的DCI格式中已有的一些字段,或者也可以是在现有的DCI格式的基础上新增加的一些字段,本申请实施例不做限制。本申请实施例中的提供多种对第二指示信息和第四指示信息进行指示的方式,可以提高指示的灵活性,以便于根据实际情况灵活使用第一DCI中的字段以及比特。In a specific implementation process, the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be separately indicated by different fields in the first DCI; or, both the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be jointly indicated by different fields, and The fields for the joint indication of the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be the same or may be different. The joint indication here may be understood as an indication by a value expressed by combining bits in different fields; or, the first The second indication information and the fourth indication can also be indicated simultaneously by the value of the same field in the first DCI, in other words, the second indication information and the fourth indication information can be indicated simultaneously by one value of a field; or, the second The indication information and the fourth indication information may be separately indicated by different bits in the same field in the first DCI, and so on. In addition, the fields used to indicate the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be multiplexing some existing fields in the existing DCI format, or may be newly added fields based on the existing DCI format , The embodiment of the present application does not limit. The embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways of indicating the second indication information and the fourth indication information, which can increase the flexibility of the indication, so as to flexibly use the fields and bits in the first DCI according to the actual situation.

在另一种可能的实施方式中,第一DCI中还可以同时携带第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息,如图8所示,在接收第一DCI之前,inactivity timer当前的已计时值和计时总值分别是38ms和80ms,而通过第一DCI携带的第二指示信息指示的inactivity timer的操作方式是继续计时,通过第一DCI携带的第三指示信息显性指示的计时总值是60ms,通过第一DCI携带的第四指示信息显性指示的已计时值是49ms,参见图8中的调整前后的inactivity timer计时对比,通过第三指示信息和第四指示信息双重程度上地缩短了到达off状态的时长,从而可以较快地进入off状态,以尽快地降低终端设备的功耗。图8只是一种将第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息这四种指示信息进行组合指示的一种示例,在具体实施过程中,网络设备可以根据需要传输的数据量动态地进行不同的指示,此处就不再展开说明了。In another possible implementation manner, the first DCI may also carry the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information at the same time, as shown in FIG. 8, before receiving the first DCI , The current timed value and total time value of inactivity timers are 38ms and 80ms respectively, and the operation mode of inactivity timer indicated by the second indication information carried by the first DCI is to continue timing, and the third indication information carried by the first DCI The total value of the timing of the explicit indication is 60 ms, and the time value of the explicit indication is 49 ms through the fourth indication information carried by the first DCI. Refer to the comparison of the timing of the inactivity timer before and after adjustment in FIG. 8. The four-instruction information shortens the time to reach the off state to a dual extent, so that the off state can be entered more quickly to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device as soon as possible. FIG. 8 is only an example of combining indication information of the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information. In a specific implementation process, the network device may transmit as needed The amount of data is dynamically indicated differently, and will not be described here.

本申请实施例中的第一DCI可以在关联的搜索空间中传输,如前所述的,第一DCI可以是format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种,这些不同格式的DCI由对应的搜索空间关联,所以可以在这些关联的搜索空间中搜索对应格式的DCI。同时,可以由配置该关联的搜索空间的配置消息来配置携带有前述的第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一种信息。由于第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息是用于表征本申请中的第一DCI是有别于现有的DCI的指示信息,相当于是在现有DCI的基础上,本申请实施例中可以通过第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息显性的指示一些与inactivity timer的计时相关的信息,相对于现有的DCI增加了一些新的指示功能,所以在解读第一DCI时,则需要按照新的解读方式进行解读,为了实现终端与网络之间的感知统一,网络设备可以通过RRC配置消息的方式告知终端设备需要采用本申请实施例中的新的解读方式来对后续接收到的第一DCI进行解读,简单的理解,网络设备可以通过RRC配置消息的方式告知终端设备第一DCI是能够指示inactivity timer的操作方式(通过第二指示信息指示)、能够指示inactivity timer的计时总值(通过第三指示信息指示)、能够计时inactivity timer的已计时值(通过第四指示信息指示)中的至少一种的DCI,进而,终端设备则可以根据RRC配置消息与网路设备之间实现感知统一,以确保终端与网络之间的信息交互的准确。The first DCI in the embodiment of the present application may be transmitted in an associated search space. As described above, the first DCI may be any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1. These different formats DCIs are associated by corresponding search spaces, so DCIs of corresponding formats can be searched in these associated search spaces. At the same time, at least one piece of information carrying the foregoing second indication information, third indication information, or fourth indication information may be configured by a configuration message configuring the associated search space. Since the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information are indication information used to characterize that the first DCI in this application is different from the existing DCI, which is equivalent to the existing DCI. In the embodiment, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information can be used to explicitly indicate some information related to the timing of the inactivity timer, and some new indication functions are added relative to the existing DCI, so in the interpretation In the first DCI, it needs to be interpreted according to a new interpretation method. In order to realize the unified perception between the terminal and the network, the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the new interpretation method in the embodiments of the present application is required. To interpret the first DCI received subsequently, a simple understanding, the network device can inform the terminal device through the RRC configuration message that the first DCI is an operation mode (indicated by the second indication information) that can indicate inactivity timer, and can indicate The total time value of inactivity timer (indicated by the third instruction information), the timed value of inactivity timer that can be timed ( With the fourth indication information indicating at least one of the DCIs, in addition, the terminal device may realize unity of perception with the network device according to the RRC configuration message to ensure accurate information interaction between the terminal and the network.

在另一种实施方式中,还可以直接根据搜索空间的类型来向终端设备指示DCI是否具有前述的新的指示功能,具体来说,若某个DCI关联的搜索空间是用户设备专用搜索空间(UE-specific search space,USS),即若该DCI在USS中传输时,则表明该DCI具有前述的新的指示功能,即此时的该DCI携带有第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息中的至少一种信息。若,某个DCI关联的搜索空间是公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS),即若该DCI在CSS中传输时,则表明该DCI不具有前述的新的指示功能,那么则可能就是现有技术中的DCI,即此时的该DCI则未携带有第二指示信息、第三指示信息、第四指示信息中的任意一种信息。由于本申请实施例中的第一DCI是具有前述的新的功能 的DCI,所以基于该技术方案,第一DCI是在USS中传输,而并不会在CSS中传输。通过搜索空间的类型来指示传输的DCI是否具有前述的新的功能的方式,可以节省不需要前述新的功能的、在CSS类型的搜索空间中传输的DCI的信令开销。In another embodiment, the terminal device may also be directly indicated whether the DCI has the aforementioned new indication function according to the type of search space. Specifically, if the search space associated with a DCI is a dedicated search space for user equipment ( UE-specific search space (USS), that is, if the DCI is transmitted in the USS, it indicates that the DCI has the aforementioned new indication function, that is, the DCI at this time carries the second indication information, the third indication information, and the third At least one of the four instructions. If the search space associated with a DCI is a common search space (CSS), that is, if the DCI is transmitted in the CSS, it indicates that the DCI does not have the aforementioned new indication function, then it may be the existing The DCI in the technology, that is, the DCI at this time does not carry any of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information. Since the first DCI in the embodiment of the present application is the DCI having the aforementioned new function, based on the technical solution, the first DCI is transmitted in the USS, but not in the CSS. The manner of indicating whether the transmitted DCI has the aforementioned new function by the type of search space can save the signaling overhead of the DCI transmitted in the CSS-type search space that does not require the aforementioned new function.

基于同一发明构思,请参见图9所示,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置900,该通信装置900可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中终端设备的功能;通信装置900也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中终端设备的功能的装置。通信装置900可以是硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块。通信装置900可以由芯片系统实现。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。如图9所示,通信装置900可以包括处理模块901、接收模块902和发送模块903,其中,发送模块903可以不是必须的模块,所以在图9中以虚线表示,接收模块902和发送模块903用于通信装置900和其它模块进行通信,其可以是电路、器件、接口、总线、软件模块、收发器或者其它任意可以实现通信的装置。Based on the same inventive concept, as shown in FIG. 9, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 900. The communication device 900 may be a terminal device, which can implement the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; communication The device 900 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application. The communication device 900 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. The communication device 900 may be implemented by a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. As shown in FIG. 9, the communication device 900 may include a processing module 901, a receiving module 902, and a sending module 903, where the sending module 903 may not be a necessary module, so it is indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 9 that the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903 The communication device 900 is used for communication with other modules, and it may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.

其中,处理模块901可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S32、S35和S36,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。接收模块902可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S34,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。在具体实施过程中,接收模块902和发送模块903可以受控于处理模块901的控制执行相应的通信功能。The processing module 901 may be used to execute S32, S35, and S36 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes used to support the technology described herein. The receiving module 902 may be used to perform S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein. In a specific implementation process, the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903 may be controlled by the processing module 901 to perform corresponding communication functions.

接收模块902可以接收网络设备发送的第一DCI,该第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,该第二指示信息用于指示DRX的inactivity timer的操作方式。The receiving module 902 may receive a first DCI sent by a network device, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate inactivity of DRX The operation mode of the timer.

处理模块901可以根据第一DCI的指示,确定inactivity timer的操作方式。在一种可能的实施方式中,处理器901还可以控制inactivity timer按照第一DCI指示的操作方式执行相应的计时操作。The processing module 901 may determine the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the instruction of the first DCI. In a possible implementation manner, the processor 901 may also control the inactivity timer to perform the corresponding timing operation according to the operation mode indicated by the first DCI.

在具体实施过程,上述的接收模块902和发送模块903可以分离设置,即此时是两个独立的功能模块,在一种可能的实施方式中,还可以集中设置为一个功能模块,例如设置为一个收发模块,该收发模块既具有接收模块902接收信息的能力,又具有发送模块903发送信息的能力。In a specific implementation process, the above-mentioned receiving module 902 and sending module 903 can be set separately, that is, at this time are two independent function modules, in a possible implementation manner, it can also be set as one function module, for example A transceiver module, which has both the ability of the receiving module 902 to receive information and the ability of the sending module 903 to send information.

基于同一发明构思,请参见图10所示,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置1000,该通信装置1000可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中网络设备的功能;通信装置1000也可以是能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中网络设备的功能的装置。通信装置1000可以是硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块。通信装置1000可以由芯片系统实现。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。如图10所示,通信装置1000可以包括处理模块1001、发送模块1002和接收模块1003,其中,接收模块1003可以不是必须的模块,所以在图10中以虚线表示,发送模块1002和接收模块1003用于通信装置1000和其它模块进行通信,其可以是电路、器件、接口、总线、软件模块、收发器或者其它任意可以实现通信的装置。Based on the same inventive concept, as shown in FIG. 10, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1000. The communication device 1000 may be a network device, which can implement the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; communication The device 1000 may also be a device that can support a network device to implement the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application. The communication device 1000 may be a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module. The communication device 1000 may be realized by a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices. As shown in FIG. 10, the communication device 1000 may include a processing module 1001, a sending module 1002, and a receiving module 1003, where the receiving module 1003 may not be a necessary module, so in FIG. 10, it is indicated by a dotted line, the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 It is used for the communication device 1000 to communicate with other modules, which may be a circuit, a device, an interface, a bus, a software module, a transceiver, or any other device that can implement communication.

其中,处理模块1001可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S33,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。发送模块1002可以用于执行图3所示的实施例中的S31和S34,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。在具体实施过程中,发送模块1002和接收模块1003可以受控于处理模块1001的控制执行相应的通信功能。The processing module 1001 may be used to execute S33 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein. The sending module 1002 may be used to perform S31 and S34 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, and / or other processes for supporting the technology described herein. In a specific implementation process, the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 may be controlled by the processing module 1001 to perform corresponding communication functions.

处理模块1001可以确定第一DCI,该第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,该第二指示信息用于指示inactivity timer的操作方式。The processing module 1001 may determine a first DCI that carries first indication information and second indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer.

发送模块1002可以将第一DCI发送给终端设备。The sending module 1002 may send the first DCI to the terminal device.

在具体实施过程,上述的发送模块1002和接收模块1003可以分离设置,即此时是两个独立的功能模块,在一种可能的实施方式中,还可以集中设置为一个功能模块,例如设置为一个收发模块,该收发模块既具有接收模块1003接收信息的能力,又具有发送模块1002发送信息的能力。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned sending module 1002 and receiving module 1003 can be set separately, that is, at this time are two independent function modules. In a possible implementation manner, they can also be set as one function module, for example, A transceiver module, which has both the ability of the receiving module 1003 to receive information and the ability of the sending module 1002 to send information.

其中,前述的方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of the steps involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.

本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能模块可以集成在一个处理器中,也可以是单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上模块集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。The division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another way of dividing. In addition, the functional modules in the embodiments of the present application may be integrated in one process. In the device, it can also exist alone physically, or two or more modules can be integrated into one module. The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules.

基于同一构思,请参见图11,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置1100,图11示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置1100的结构示意图,其中,通信装置1100可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中终端设备的功能;通信装置1100也可以是能够支持终端设备实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中终端设备的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置1100可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the same concept, please refer to FIG. 11, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1100, and FIG. 11 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1100 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1100 may be a terminal device and can Realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication device 1100 may also be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1100 may be a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

通信装置1100包括至少一个处理器1101,用于实现或用于支持该装置实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中终端设备的功能。The communication device 1100 includes at least one processor 1101, configured to implement or support the device to implement the functions of the terminal device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiments of the present application.

通信装置1100还可以包括至少一个存储器1102,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1102和处理器1101耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1101可能和存储器1102协同操作。处理器1101可能执行存储器1102中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 1100 may further include at least one memory 1102 for storing program instructions and / or data. The memory 1102 and the processor 1101 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules. The processor 1101 may cooperate with the memory 1102. The processor 1101 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1102. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.

通信装置1100还可以包括收发器1103,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置1100可以和其它设备进行通信。处理器1101可以利用收发器1103收发数据,收发器1103例如可以对应到图9中的接收模块902和发送模块903,收发器1103具体可以是一些通信接口。The communication device 1100 may further include a transceiver 1103 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the communication device 1100 may communicate with other devices. The processor 1101 may use the transceiver 1103 to send and receive data. The transceiver 1103 may correspond to, for example, the receiving module 902 and the sending module 903 in FIG. 9. The transceiver 1103 may specifically be some communication interfaces.

本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器1103、处理器1101以及存储器1102之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图11中以存储器1102、处理器1101以及收发器1103之间通过总线1104连接,总线在图11中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图11中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific connection medium between the transceiver 1103, the processor 1101, and the memory 1102. In this embodiment of the present application, the memory 1102, the processor 1101, and the transceiver 1103 are connected by a bus 1104 in FIG. , Not to limit. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only a thick line is used in FIG. 11, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.

基于同一构思,请参见图12,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置1200,图12示出了本申请实施例提供的通信装置1200的结构示意图,其中,通信装置1200可以是网络设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中网络设备的功能;通信装置1200也可以是能够支持网络设备实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中网络设备的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置1200可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以 包含芯片和其他分立器件。Based on the same concept, please refer to FIG. 12, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device 1200. FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1200 may be a network device, capable of Realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application; the communication device 1200 may also be an apparatus that can support the network device to realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1200 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of the present application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

通信装置1200包括至少一个处理器1201,用于实现或用于支持该装置实现本申请实施例提供的信息传输方法中网络设备的功能。The communication device 1200 includes at least one processor 1201, which is used to implement or support the device to realize the function of the network device in the information transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application.

通信装置1200还可以包括至少一个存储器1202,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。存储器1202和处理器1201耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1201可能和存储器1202协同操作。处理器1201可能执行存储器1202中存储的程序指令。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。The communication device 1200 may further include at least one memory 1202 for storing program instructions and / or data. The memory 1202 and the processor 1201 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiments of the present application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules. The processor 1201 may cooperate with the memory 1202. The processor 1201 may execute program instructions stored in the memory 1202. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor.

通信装置1200还可以包括收发器1203,用于通过传输介质和其它设备进行通信,从而用于通信装置1200可以和其它设备进行通信。处理器1201可以利用收发器1203收发数据,收发器1203例如可以对应到图10中的发送模块1002和接收模块1003,通收发器1203具体可以是一些通信接口。The communication device 1200 may further include a transceiver 1203 for communicating with other devices through a transmission medium, so that the communication device 1200 may communicate with other devices. The processor 1201 may use the transceiver 1203 to send and receive data. The transceiver 1203 may correspond to, for example, the sending module 1002 and the receiving module 1003 in FIG. 10, and the transceiver 1203 may specifically be some communication interfaces.

本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器1203、处理器1201以及存储器1202之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图12中以存储器1202、处理器1201以及收发器1203之间通过总线1204连接,总线在图12中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图12中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific connection medium between the transceiver 1203, the processor 1201, and the memory 1202. In the embodiment of the present application, in FIG. 12, the memory 1202, the processor 1201, and the transceiver 1203 are connected by a bus 1204. The bus is shown by a thick line in FIG. 12, and the connection between other components is only for schematic illustration. , Not to limit. The bus can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of representation, only a thick line is used in FIG. 12, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.

在本申请实施例中,前述的处理器1101和处理器1201可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。In the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing processor 1101 and processor 1201 may be general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application specific integrated circuits, field programmable gate arrays or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, The discrete hardware components can implement or execute the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied and executed by a hardware processor, or may be executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.

在本申请实施例中,存储器1102和存储器1202可以是非易失性存储器,比如HDD或固态硬盘SSD等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器RAM。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 1102 and the memory 1202 may be non-volatile memories, such as an HDD or a solid state drive (SSD), or may be volatile memories (volatile memory), such as a random access memory RAM. The memory is any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, which is used to store program instructions and / or data.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例中的信息传输方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on the computer, the computer is allowed to execute the information transmission method in the embodiments of the present application.

本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,还可以包括存储器,用于实现本申请实施例中的信息传输方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system. The chip system includes a processor, and may further include a memory, for implementing the information transmission method in the embodiment of the present application. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括图9中的通信装置900和图10中的通信装置1000。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the communication device 900 in FIG. 9 and the communication device 1000 in FIG. 10.

本申请实施例还提供另一种通信系统,该通信系统包括图11中的通信装置1100和图12中的通信装置1200。An embodiment of the present application further provides another communication system, which includes the communication device 1100 in FIG. 11 and the communication device 1200 in FIG. 12.

本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例中的信息传输方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product containing instructions. The computer program product stores instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the information transmission method in the embodiments of the present application.

以上所述,以上实施例仅用以对本申请的技术方案进行了详细介绍,但以上实施例的 说明只是用于帮助理解本发明实施例的方法,不应理解为对本发明实施例的限制。本技术领域的技术人员可轻易想到的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明实施例的保护范围之内。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to introduce the technical solutions of the present application in detail, but the descriptions of the above embodiments are only used to help understand the method of the embodiments of the present invention, and should not be construed as limiting the embodiments of the present invention. Changes or replacements that can be easily imagined by those skilled in the art should be covered by the protection scope of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims (64)

一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that the method includes: 终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,所述第二指示信息用于指示非连续接收DRX的不活跃计时器inactivity timer的操作方式;The terminal device receives first downlink control information DCI sent by the network device, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used To indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer inactivity timer for discontinuous reception of DRX; 所述终端设备根据所述第一DCI的指示,确定所述inactivity timer的操作方式。The terminal device determines the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the indication of the first DCI. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启计时、停止计时、重置计时、继续计时。The method according to claim 1, wherein the operation mode of the inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息在所述第一DCI中显性指示,所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data. 如权利要求1-3任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中的新传数据指示NDI字段承载所述第一指示信息,所述第一DCI中除所述NDI字段之外的字段承载所述第二指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the newly transmitted data in the first DCI indicates that an NDI field carries the first indication information, and the first DCI excludes the NDI field. The outer field carries the second indication information. 如权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein 当所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或When the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or 当所述第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。When the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer. 如权利要求1-5任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第三指示信息指示的计时总值为所述网络设备配置为所述终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the first DCI further carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the first The total timing value indicated by the three indication information is one of the total timing values configured by the network device as the terminal device. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The method according to claim 6, wherein the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求1-7任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first DCI further carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate a timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述已计时值包括以下任意一种:The method according to claim 8, wherein the timed value comprises any one of the following: 时间单元的个数;或者,The number of time units; or, 已计时比例值,所述已计时比例值用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。Timed proportion value, the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total timing value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求1-10任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种;The method according to any one of claims 1-10, wherein the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,所述第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC比特由小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI加扰;When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the first DCI is temporarily identified by the cell radio network C-RNTI or configured to be scheduled radio network CS- RNTI scrambling; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,所述第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或半永久性信道状态信息无线网络临时标识SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。When the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by the C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or semi-permanent channel state information wireless network temporary identifier SP-CSI-RNTI. 如权利要求1-11任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置所述关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries the second indication information, the second At least one of three indication information or fourth indication information, the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求1-12任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-12, characterized in that 若DCI在用户设备专用搜索空间USS中传输时,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值;If DCI is transmitted in the user equipment dedicated search space USS, the DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the inactivity the total timing value of timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer; 若DCI在公共搜索空间CSS中传输时,所述DCI不携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。If DCI is transmitted in the common search space CSS, the DCI does not carry the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer , The fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求1-13任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一DCI,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the terminal device receiving the first DCI sent by the network device includes: 所述终端设备在DRX活跃时间接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一DCI;或者,The terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the DRX active time; or, 所述终端设备在下行混合自动重传请求HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一DCI。The terminal device receives the first DCI sent by the network device during the timing of a downlink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ round-trip time timer. 如权利要求1-14任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息通过所述第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与所述第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein the second indication information passes the value of a field in the first DCI and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Indicates whether the values of the fields are the same; 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop timing or continue timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start timing Or reset the timer; 或者,or, 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop Time or continue to time. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,对于连续传输的且包括所述第一DCI的多个DCI,与所述第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,所述预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to claim 15, wherein, for multiple DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, the number of consecutive repeated transmissions that have the same value as the field in the first DCI is the same Is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined threshold is an integer greater than or equal to 2. 一种信息传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:An information transmission method, characterized in that the method includes: 网络设备确定第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,所述第二指示信息用于指示非连续接收DRX的不活跃计时器inactivity timer的操作方式;The network device determines first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to indicate non-contiguous Operation mode of inactivity timer receiving DRX; 所述网络设备将所述第一DCI发送给终端设备。The network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启计时、停止计时、重置计时、继续计时。The method according to claim 17, wherein the operation mode of the inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing. 如权利要求17或18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息在所述第一DCI中显示指示,所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the second indication information displays an indication in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data. 如权利要求17-19任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中的新传数据指示NDI字段承载所述第一指示信息,所述第一DCI中除所述NDI字段之外的字段承载所述第二指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein the newly transmitted data in the first DCI indicates that the NDI field carries the first indication information, and the first DCI excludes the NDI field. The outer field carries the second indication information. 如权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 19 or 20, characterized in that 当所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或When the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or 当所述第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。When the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer. 如权利要求17-21任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第三指示信息指示的计时总值为所述网络设备配置为所述终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 21, wherein the first DCI further carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the first The total timing value indicated by the three indication information is one of the total timing values configured by the network device as the terminal device. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The method according to claim 22, wherein the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求17-23任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein the first DCI further carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述已计时值包括以下任意一种:The method of claim 24, wherein the timed value comprises any one of the following: 时间单元的个数;或者,The number of time units; or, 已计时比例值,所述已计时比例值用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。Timed proportion value, the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total timing value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求17-26任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种;The method according to any one of claims 17 to 26, wherein the format of the first DCI is any one of format 0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,所述第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC比特由小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI加扰;When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the first DCI is temporarily identified by the cell radio network C-RNTI or configured to be scheduled radio network CS- RNTI scrambling; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,所述第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或半永久性信道状态信息无线网络临时标识SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。When the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by the C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or the semi-permanent channel state information wireless network temporary identifier SP-CSI-RNTI. 如权利要求17-27任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置所述关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The method according to any one of claims 17 to 27, wherein the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries the second indication information, the second At least one of three indication information or fourth indication information, the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求17-28任一所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 17-28, characterized in that 若所述第一DCI在用户设备专用搜索空间USS中传输时,所述第一DCI携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值;If the first DCI is transmitted in the user equipment dedicated search space USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer; 若所述第一DCI在公共搜索空间CSS中传输时,所述第一DCI不携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。If the first DCI is transmitted in the common search space CSS, the first DCI does not carry the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the The total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求17-29任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备将所述第一DCI发送给终端设备,包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 29, wherein the network device sending the first DCI to a terminal device includes: 所述网络设备在DRX活跃时间向所述终端设备发送所述第一DCI;或者,The network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device during the DRX active time; or, 所述网络设备在下行混合自动重传请求HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中向所述终端设备发送所述第一DCI。The network device sends the first DCI to the terminal device during the timing of the downlink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ round-trip time timer. 如权利要求17-30任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息通过所述第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与所述第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;The method according to any one of claims 17-30, wherein the second indication information passes the value of a field in the first DCI and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Indicates whether the values of the fields are the same; 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop timing or continue timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start timing Or reset the timer; 或者,or, 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop Time or continue to time. 如权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,对于连续传输的且包括所述第一DCI的多个DCI,与所述第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,所述预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。The method according to claim 31, wherein, for a plurality of DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, the number of consecutive repeated transmissions with the same value of the field in the first DCI is the same Is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined threshold is an integer greater than or equal to 2. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: 收发器,用于接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,所述第二指示信息用于指示非连续接收DRX的不活跃计时器inactivity timer的操作方式;A transceiver, configured to receive first downlink control information DCI sent by a network device, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second The indication information is used to indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer inactively receiving DRX; 所述处理器,用于根据所述第一DCI的指示,确定所述inactivity timer的操作方式。The processor is configured to determine the operation mode of the inactivity timer according to the indication of the first DCI. 如权利要求33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启计时、停止计时、重置计时、继续计时。The communication device according to claim 33, wherein the operation mode of the inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing. 如权利要求33或34所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息在所述第一DCI中显性指示,所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。The communication device according to claim 33 or 34, wherein the second indication information is explicitly indicated in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data. 如权利要求33-35任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中的新传数据指示NDI字段承载所述第一指示信息,所述第一DCI中除所述NDI字段之外的字段承载所述第二指示信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 35, wherein the newly transmitted data indication NDI field in the first DCI carries the first indication information, and the first DCI excludes the NDI field The other fields carry the second indication information. 如权利要求35或36所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 35 or 36, wherein 当所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或When the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or 当所述第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。When the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer. 如权利要求33-37任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第三指示信息指示的计时总值为所述网络设备配置为所述终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 37, wherein the first DCI further carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, the The total timing value indicated by the third indication information is one of the multiple total timing values configured by the network device as the terminal device. 如权利要求38所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The communication device according to claim 38, wherein the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求33-39任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 39, wherein the first DCI further carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求40所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述已计时值包括以下任意一种:The communication device according to claim 40, wherein the timed value includes any one of the following: 时间单元的个数;或者,The number of time units; or, 已计时比例值,所述已计时比例值用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。Timed proportion value, the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total timing value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求40或41所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The communication device according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求33-42任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI的格式为format0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种;The communication device according to any one of claims 33-42, wherein the format of the first DCI is any one of format0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,所述第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC比特由小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI加扰;When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the first DCI is temporarily identified by the cell radio network C-RNTI or configured to be scheduled radio network CS- RNTI scrambling; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,所述第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或半永久性信道状态信息无线网络临时标识SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。When the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by the C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or the semi-permanent channel state information wireless network temporary identifier SP-CSI-RNTI. 如权利要求33-43任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置所述关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的 计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 43, wherein the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries the second indication information, At least one of third indication information or fourth indication information, the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求33-44任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 33-44, wherein 若DCI在用户设备专用搜索空间USS中传输时,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值;If DCI is transmitted in the user equipment dedicated search space USS, the DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the inactivity the total timing value of timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer; 若DCI在公共搜索空间CSS中传输时,所述DCI不携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。If DCI is transmitted in the common search space CSS, the DCI does not carry the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer , The fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求33-45任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 45, wherein the transceiver is used to: 在DRX活跃时间接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一DCI;或者,Receiving the first DCI sent by the network device during DRX active time; or, 在下行混合自动重传请求HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中接收所述网络设备发送的所述第一DCI。Receiving the first DCI sent by the network device during the timing of a downlink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ round-trip time timer. 如权利要求33-46任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息通过所述第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与所述第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;The communication device according to any one of claims 33 to 46, wherein the second indication information is determined by the value of a field in the first DCI and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI Indicates whether the values of the above fields are the same; 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop timing or continue timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start timing Or reset the timer; 或者,or, 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop Time or continue to time. 如权利要求47所述的通信装置,其特征在于,对于连续传输的且包括所述第一DCI的多个DCI,与所述第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,所述预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。The communication device according to claim 47, wherein, for a plurality of DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, are consecutively and repeatedly sent with the same value of the field in the first DCI The number of times is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined threshold is an integer greater than or equal to 2. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: 处理器,用于确定第一下行控制信息DCI,所述第一DCI携带第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示数据传输,所述第二指示信息用于指示非连续接收DRX的不活跃计时器inactivity timer的操作方式;A processor, configured to determine first downlink control information DCI, where the first DCI carries first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate data transmission, and the second indication information is used to Indicate the operation mode of the inactivity timer inactively receiving DRX; 收发器,用于将所述第一DCI发送给终端设备。The transceiver is used to send the first DCI to the terminal device. 如权利要求49所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述inactivity timer的操作方式包括以下任意一种:开启计时、停止计时、重置计时、继续计时。The communication device according to claim 49, wherein the operation mode of the inactivity timer includes any one of the following: start timing, stop timing, reset timing, and continue timing. 如权利要求49或50所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息在所述第一DCI中显示指示,所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据或重传数据。The communication device according to claim 49 or 50, wherein the second indication information displays an indication in the first DCI, and the first DCI is used to schedule new transmission data or retransmission data. 如权利要求49-51任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI中的新传数据指示NDI字段承载所述第一指示信息,所述第一DCI中除所述NDI字段之外的字段承载所述第二指示信息。The communication device according to any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein the newly transmitted data indication NDI field in the first DCI carries the first indication information, and the first DCI excludes the NDI field The other fields carry the second indication information. 如权利要求51或52所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 51 or 52, wherein 当所述第一DCI用于调度新传数据时,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为继续计时或停止计时或开启计时;或When the first DCI is used to schedule newly transmitted data, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to continue timing or stop timing or start timing; or 当所述第一DCI用于调度重传数据时,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为重置计时或停止计时或开启计时。When the first DCI is used to schedule retransmission data, the second indication information is used to indicate that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to reset the timer or stop the timer or start the timer. 如权利要求49-53任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第三指示信息指示的计时总值为所述网络设备配置为所述终端设备配置的多个计时总值中的一个。The communication device according to any one of claims 49-53, wherein the first DCI further carries third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate a total timing value of the inactivity timer, the The total timing value indicated by the third indication information is one of the multiple total timing values configured by the network device as the terminal device. 如权利要求54所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第三指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The communication device according to claim 54, wherein the second indication information and / or the third indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第三指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The third indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the third indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求49-55任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI还携带第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The communication device according to any one of claims 49 to 55, wherein the first DCI further carries fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求56所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述已计时值包括以下任意一种:The communication device according to claim 56, wherein the timed value includes any one of the following: 时间单元的个数;或者,The number of time units; or, 已计时比例值,所述已计时比例值用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值的比例。Timed proportion value, the timed proportion value is used to indicate the proportion of the total timing value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求56或57所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息和/或所述第四指示信息通过以下任意一种方式指示:The communication device according to claim 56 or 57, wherein the second indication information and / or the fourth indication information are indicated in any one of the following ways: 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段分别指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The second indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第四指示信息通过不同的字段联合指示;或者,The fourth indication information is jointly indicated by different fields; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段的取值同时指示;或者,The second indication information and the fourth indication information are simultaneously indicated by the value of one field; or, 所述第二指示信息和所述第四指示信息通过一个字段中的不同比特分别指示。The second indication information and the fourth indication information are respectively indicated by different bits in one field. 如权利要求49-58任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI的格式为format0_0、format 0_1、format 1_0、format 1_1中的任意一种;The communication device according to any one of claims 49-58, wherein the format of the first DCI is any one of format0_0, format 0_1, format 1_0, and format 1_1; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_0或format 1_0或format 1_1时,所述第一DCI的循环冗余校验CRC比特由小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI或配置调度无线网络临时标识CS-RNTI加扰;When the format of the first DCI is format 0_0 or format 1_0 or format 1_1, the cyclic redundancy check CRC bit of the first DCI is temporarily identified by the cell radio network C-RNTI or configured to be scheduled radio network CS- RNTI scrambling; 在所述第一DCI的格式为format 0_1时,所述第一DCI的CRC比特由C-RNTI或CS-RNTI或半永久性信道状态信息无线网络临时标识SP-CSI-RNTI加扰。When the format of the first DCI is format 0_1, the CRC bits of the first DCI are scrambled by the C-RNTI or CS-RNTI or the semi-permanent channel state information wireless network temporary identifier SP-CSI-RNTI. 如权利要求49-59任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一DCI在关联的搜索空间中传输,配置所述关联的搜索空间的配置消息配置携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。The communication device according to any one of claims 49-59, wherein the first DCI is transmitted in an associated search space, and the configuration message configuration configuring the associated search space carries the second indication information, At least one of third indication information or fourth indication information, the third indication information is used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求49-60任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 49-60, characterized in that 若所述第一DCI在用户设备专用搜索空间USS中传输时,所述第一DCI携带所述第二指示信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息中的至少一个,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值;If the first DCI is transmitted in the user equipment dedicated search space USS, the first DCI carries at least one of the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information Used to indicate the total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer; 若所述第一DCI在公共搜索空间CSS中传输时,所述第一DCI不携带所述第二指示 信息、第三指示信息或第四指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的计时总值,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述inactivity timer的已计时值。If the first DCI is transmitted in the common search space CSS, the first DCI does not carry the second indication information, the third indication information, or the fourth indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the The total timing value of the inactivity timer, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the timed value of the inactivity timer. 如权利要求49-61任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述收发器用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 49 to 61, wherein the transceiver is used to: 在DRX活跃时间向所述终端设备发送所述第一DCI;或者,Sending the first DCI to the terminal device during the DRX active time; or, 在下行混合自动重传请求HARQ往返时间计时器计时的过程中向所述终端设备发送所述第一DCI。Sending the first DCI to the terminal device during the timing of the downlink hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ round-trip time timer. 如权利要求49-62任一所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息通过所述第一DCI中的一个字段的取值与所述第一DCI的前一个DCI中的所述字段的取值是否相同指示;The communication device according to any one of claims 49 to 62, wherein the second indication information passes the value of a field in the first DCI and the value in the previous DCI of the first DCI. Indicates whether the values of the above fields are the same; 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时;If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop timing or continue timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start timing Or reset the timer; 或者,or, 若取值相同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为开启计时或重置计时,以及,若取值不同,所述第二指示信息指示所述inactivity timer的操作方式为停止计时或者继续计时。If the values are the same, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to start or reset the timing, and, if the values are different, the second indication information indicates that the operation mode of the inactivity timer is to stop Time or continue to time. 如权利要求63所述的通信装置,其特征在于,对于连续传输的且包括所述第一DCI的多个DCI,与所述第一DCI中的所述字段的取值相同的连续重复发送的次数大于或等于预定阈值,所述预定阈值为大于或等于2的整数。The communication device according to claim 63, characterized in that, for a plurality of DCIs that are continuously transmitted and include the first DCI, are consecutively and repeatedly sent with the same value of the field in the first DCI The number of times is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and the predetermined threshold is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
PCT/CN2019/115161 2018-11-02 2019-11-01 Information transmission method and communication apparatus Ceased WO2020088680A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19878854.9A EP3869874B1 (en) 2018-11-02 2019-11-01 Information transmission method and communication apparatus
US17/245,518 US11991708B2 (en) 2018-11-02 2021-04-30 Information transmission method and communications apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811302951 2018-11-02
CN201811302951.9 2018-11-02
CN201910028472.0 2019-01-11
CN201910028472.0A CN111148193B (en) 2018-11-02 2019-01-11 A kind of information transmission method and communication device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/245,518 Continuation US11991708B2 (en) 2018-11-02 2021-04-30 Information transmission method and communications apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020088680A1 true WO2020088680A1 (en) 2020-05-07

Family

ID=70463798

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/115161 Ceased WO2020088680A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2019-11-01 Information transmission method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2020088680A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210250980A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2021-08-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and communications apparatus
WO2024207894A1 (en) * 2023-04-07 2024-10-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information processing method and apparatus, and readable storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014109769A1 (en) * 2013-01-14 2014-07-17 Nokia Corporation Improved handling of control signaling
US20170318566A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Methods and systems for configuring timers in lte networks
CN108307547A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method and device of determining discontinuous reception configuration information
CN108476472A (en) * 2016-01-29 2018-08-31 夏普株式会社 Terminal device, communication method, and integrated circuit

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014109769A1 (en) * 2013-01-14 2014-07-17 Nokia Corporation Improved handling of control signaling
CN108476472A (en) * 2016-01-29 2018-08-31 夏普株式会社 Terminal device, communication method, and integrated circuit
US20170318566A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Methods and systems for configuring timers in lte networks
CN108307547A (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method and device of determining discontinuous reception configuration information

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210250980A1 (en) * 2018-11-02 2021-08-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and communications apparatus
US11991708B2 (en) * 2018-11-02 2024-05-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Information transmission method and communications apparatus
WO2024207894A1 (en) * 2023-04-07 2024-10-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information processing method and apparatus, and readable storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11991708B2 (en) Information transmission method and communications apparatus
US20220369231A1 (en) Power saving methods for a mobile station
CN111357389B (en) Control monitoring after receipt of discontinuous receive trigger
CN109429258B (en) Indication method, monitoring method, terminal and network side device for channel monitoring
US10051504B2 (en) Methods and apparatuses for supporting MDT during eDRX
US9491702B2 (en) Discontinuous reception dynamic configuration method, terminal and base station
WO2021062794A1 (en) Signal measurement method and communication apparatus
US11206709B2 (en) Method for intercepting PDCCH and terminal device
WO2021082012A1 (en) Method for determining startup state of discontinuous reception continuing timer, and devices
WO2021027963A1 (en) Timer control method, apparatus and system
WO2020200036A1 (en) Method for radio communication, terminal device, and network device
WO2020215332A1 (en) Discontinuous reception method and device
US20250203707A1 (en) User equipment, base station, and method for extended reality (xr) services
TWI852273B (en) Method and apparatus for enhancements on physical downlink control channel (pdcch) monitoring adaptation
WO2021088017A1 (en) Method for determining downlink control information type, and apparatus
WO2021017603A1 (en) Energy conservation signal transmission method, base station, and terminal device
CN115103395A (en) Power-saving signal map using method, device, equipment and system
WO2020223939A1 (en) Method for detecting control channel, and terminal device
WO2020088680A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication apparatus
CN118402306A (en) Method and device for monitoring adaptation enhancement of physical downlink control channel
WO2025161516A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116456312A (en) Direct communication configuration method, terminal equipment and storage medium
CN119678438A (en) A method and device for implementing discontinuous reception, and terminal equipment
CN119586315A (en) DRX implementation method and device, and terminal equipment
HK40029183A (en) Control monitoring upon receipt of discontinuous reception trigger

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19878854

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019878854

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210519